Unit16 Finding jobs
I. Key words
account chef adviser typist receptionist greengrocer astronaut adore vacant outstanding assess occupation amateur instant flexible nevertheless drawback applicant personnel accommodation addition qualification modest punctual tournament draft
II. Key phrases
1. get/keep in touch with
2. dream of
3. score goals
4. take off
5. accomplish one’s aim
6. come true
7. up to date
8. assist sb in sth/ doing sth
9. hold back
10. send off
III. Word study
1. adore vt 崇拜,热爱; 喜欢(不用进行式)=like/love sth/sb very much
adoration n.
adoring adj.
adore + n / doing sth.
很明显她喜欢看电影。
It’s obvious that she adores the cinema/going to the cinema.
他向崇拜他的人群挥手致意。
He waved to the adoring crowds.
2. vacant adj.
⑴(座位,旅馆房间,房屋等)空着的,未被占用的
他旁边的位子没人坐。
The seat next to him was vacant.
⑵(职位)空缺的
那职位最终空缺时,他们把它给了Tina.
When the post finally became vacant, they offered it to Tina.
⑶(目光,表情等)无神的,茫然的
那个疯子傻笑着。
The mad man gave a vacant laugh.
Cf:
vacant地方(暂时)未被占用而空着的
a vacant seat/table/room/job/position
empty空间内无人无物的
an empty wallet/house/bus
blank表面是空白的
a blank page/form/check
a blank sheet of paper
3. assess vt.
assessment n. 评价,评定
assessor n. 估价员,顾问
⑴判断,评价(价值,能力等)
他太懒了, 无法评价他的能力。
He is so lazy that it is hard to assess his ability.
⑵评估(财产,收入等),核定(税金,罚金, 数额等)
我的收入被评定为两万美元。
My income was assessed at 20000dollars.
易混词: access n. 通道,门路;接近…的权力/机会
have access to
4. nevertheless adv.& conj 尽管如此,然而,不过
我考试不及格是意料中的事,不过仍然让人很不痛快。
My failure in the exam is not unexpected. Nevertheless, it is very disappointing.
她很疲惫但仍然继续工作。
She was very tired, nevertheless she kept on working.
IV. Phrases
1. up to date 现代的,时兴的,
out of date 过时的,废弃的
to date= until now迄今为止,到目前为止
①All of the new words become out of date very quickly.
②The exhibition contains some of his best work to date.
③We want our methods to be up to date.
2. hold back
①拦阻,阻挡prevent sb/sth from moving forward;
②抑制,控制(感情)stop oneself from expressing your feeling;
③犹豫,踌躇hesitate;
④妨碍发展prevent the development of sth/sb;
①The men built banks of earth to hold back the rising flood waters.
②Jim was able to hold back his anger and avoid fighting.
③She held back, not knowing how to break the terrible news.
④Do you think that mixed ability classes hold back the better students
hold on 别挂断;continue
hold out 伸出stick out
hold up持枪抢劫to rob a bank or shop using a gun;延迟,阻碍 delay;支撑
①The criminals held up the train and took all the money.
②The building of the new road has been held up because of the bad weather.
③She held out her hand and stopped a taxi.
④The storm held on all night.
⑤Hold on a minute, I’ll get a pen to write down your telephone number.
3. send off (for sth ) 邮购,函购=write sb and ask them to send you sth by mail
send sth off 寄出,发出 =send sth by post
send sb off (体育用语)罚某人下场= order sb to leave the field because they have broken the rules of the game
1 我已经邮购了我上课用的书。
I’ve sent off for some books for my course.
2 我打算明天把档案寄给老板。
I’m sending the files off to my boss tomorrow.
3 贝克汉姆在第二场因犯规而被罚下场。
Beckham was sent off for a foul in the second half.
send for
send out 散发,分发
send up
① Have the invitations been sent out
②Please send for a doctor here quickly, for the injured boy was in danger.
③Shenzhou VI has been sent up into outer space.
V. Practice
(A)Fill in the blank with proper words.
1. An accountant is a person whose profession is to keep or inspect financial accounts.
2. She is always punctual, while her boyfriend is always late.
3. We can visit your company on Monday or Tuesday; our plans are fairly flexible.
4. With his outstanding talent and knowledge he also did quite well in most other courses during his undergraduate study.
5. People adore him for his noble character.
6. I heard that you have a vacant position for a secretary. I’ve come to apply for the job.
7. Young people are trained in vocational schools for their future occupations.
8. Since he has the qualifications to do the job, you’d better allow him to.
9. The show was an instant success. Actors and actresses became famous overnight.
10. This is the latest addition to our range of cars.
(B) Fill in the blank with proper phrases.
1. The new magazine has really taken off.
2. What is holding him back is the possibility that the business might not be successful.
3. He has dreamt of becoming a leading scientist since his childhood.
4. He keeps in touch with me by writing now and then.
5. You fill in both parts of the form, and then send it off.
6. The applicant should have several years of experience and be up to date with modern men’s haircut style.
7. Her dream of being a famous singer star came true at last.
(C)Multiple choices
1. Examinations are not the only means of ________ someone’s ability.
A.guessing B. assessing
C. praising D. valuing
2. The landlady had a few ________ rooms to rent for the students.
A. empty B. blank C. vacant D. blank
3. Travel in space can be exciting; __________, it can also be boring at times.
A. moreover B. but
C. therefore D. nevertheless
4. –Why are you so late
__ Bad luck. A car accident took place not far outside the town, so we were _______ on the way.
A. stopped B. held up
C. hold back D. held on
5. No one would have dreamed of there ______ such a beautiful place.
A. is B. to be C. being D. be
6. It is not what you say but what you do that _____________.
A. influence B. important
C. counts D. accounts
7. I ’d like to go back to teaching but I _______________ with my subject now.
A. am in touch B. keep in touch
C. get in touch D. am out of touch
8. A team of nurses _________ the doctor in performing the operation.
A. helped B. supported
C. assisted D. assured
9. ________he steps on the stage, he will sing the song which made him famous two years ago.
A. Every time B. In no time
C. Many times D. All the time
11. –Have you _______ your application form, Jane
–Not yet.
A. sent off B. sent up
C. sent for D. sent out
(D) Writing
请根据下面的提示写一篇英语短文。
adore, football school, a professional footballer, assess, have excellent ball control, a positive attitude, talent
肖强家住北方某城市。父亲崇拜足球明星。家里生活虽然拮据,父母还是设法把他送进了足球学校。十年来,父母借债,又卖掉了房子来支付高昂的费用。父母的期望值太高,满怀希望儿子将来能在某俱乐部成为一名职业球员。
可是在儿子16岁时,一位教练根据他的表现对他的未来作了评估。他有强的控球能力和团队精神,态度积极。可是他缺少天赋,不会有前途的。肖强该怎么办? 他功课太差,上大学是不可能了。
- 2 -Unit 12 Teachers’ Paper
Background knowledge:
Distance learning
A type of education, typically college-level, where students work on their own at home or at the office and communicate with faculty and other students via e-mail, electronic forums, videoconferencing, chat rooms, bulletin boards, instant messaging and other forms of computer-based communication.
Most distance learning programs include a computer-based training (CBT) system and communications tools to produce a virtual classroom. Because the Internet and World Wide Web are accessible from virtually all computer platforms, they serve as the foundation for many distance learning systems.
The Hope Project
Education plays an important part in modern life. However, in some poor areas, many children can't afford the expenses of schooling and are forced to leave school. At the same time, our country is not able to invest too much in it. Under this condition, the Hope Project if carried out.
The Hope Project if of great necessity to our country. In the first place, it will create conditions for the children to go back to school. Secondly, it can make more people educated. Thus, is may indirectly lead to the improvement of people's standards of life.
In my opinion, the Hope Project is of great importance to our country, I hope that with this help more and more children can get the opportunity to be educated.
United Nations Educational Scientific and Cultural Organization
The United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESC0) is one of 18 specialized agencies within the United Nations System. It was established on November 16, 1945, as much of the world was emerging from the devastation of the Second World War. Canada was one of the 20 founding members. UNESCO was formed to create an organization that would embody a genuine culture of peace by promoting collaboration among nations through education, the sciences, culture, and communication and information.
UNESCO works to create the conditions for dialogue and cooperation between the peoples of the world, based upon commonly shared values and respect for individual civilizations and cultures. The Organization also serves as a clearinghouse to share knowledge and ideas with its 190 Member States and six Associate Members. Through diverse and extensive strategies and projects, UNESCO is is actively pursuing the United Nations Millennium Development Goals, placing particular emphasis on initiatives which focus on eradicating poverty; achieving universal primary education and eliminating gender disparity in education; helping countries to implement national strategies for sustainable development; and halting the loss of environmental resources.
Since its inception , UNESCO has worked to inspire, encourage and sustain the principles of democracy, cooperation, non-violence, respect for human rights and cultural diversity. As the developing countries of the world struggle to find their place, as globalization continues to grow and the world moves rapidly towards knowledge based societies, the work of UNESCO becomes ever more vital. Through its efforts in the sectors of education, science, culture, information and communication, UNESCO is committed to attaining an ambitious goal: to build peace in the minds of men.
Period 1: Words and Expressions
New words:
1. load n.
(1.)(车、船、人、畜等的)负荷;负担;载重
The truck was carrying a load of bananas. 这辆卡车装着一车香蕉。
We have to make three loads of the cargo. 我们得把货物分装三车。
(2.)(车辆等的)载重量
I’ve ordered two lorry-loads of sand. 我已定购了两卡车沙子。
(3.)(一个成员、一台机器等的)工作量,负荷
I have a fairly light teaching load this term. 这个学期我的教学负担相当轻。
(4.) (常与of连用)大量,许多 (a load of/loads of )
To the reader's disappointment, the leading article in this issue of the magazine is a load of rubbish. 这期杂志上的主要文章废话连篇,使读者大失所望。
v.
(1.)(常与up, with连用)装,装满,载满
We loaded the truck with bananas. 我们把香蕉装上卡车。
(2.) 装上(弹匣、胶卷)
Don’t move! The gun is loaded. 别动!这支枪是上了膛的。
workload n. 1. 工作量, 工作负担
She has a very heavy workload. 她的工作负担很重。
2. strict adj.
(1.) 严格的,严厉的 (规则或行为)(+with)
Our teacher is strict; we have to do what she says.
我们的老师很严格,我们不得不按她说的去做。
(2.) 精确的;完整的
He made a strict analysis of the experiment.
他对这个实验做了个精确的分析。
strict → n. strictness
1) 严格说来 strictly speaking
1) be strict with somebody
Our teacher is strict with us. 我们老师对我们很严格。
1) be strict in something
Mr. Li is strict in his own work. 李先生对自己的工作很严格。
We should be strict with ourselves in everything.(我们应该事事都严格要求自己)
3. compulsory adj. 义务的;强制的;强迫的
Education is compulsory for all children in Britain between the age of 5 and 16. 在英国5岁到16岁的儿童都要接受义务教育。
4. commitment n.
(1.) 承诺;
The general has repeated his commitment to holding elections as soon as possible.
将军重申了尽快进行选举的承诺。
(2.)责任;承担义务
I've taken on too many commitments.
我承担的义务太多了。
(3.)忠诚,信奉,支持
The company’s success this year would not have been possible without the commitment and dedication of the staff.
如果没有员工的奉献精神,公司今年的成功是不可能的。
make a commitment
中国承诺竭尽全力帮助受海啸袭击的亚洲地区.
China has made a commitment to do all it can to help the tsunami-hit regions of Asia.
5. sceptical adj. 怀疑的
Everyone says our team will win, but I’m skeptical of/about it.
人人都说我们队会赢,但我对此表示怀疑。
6. tendency n.
(1.) 倾向;趋势
① (+to, towards) There is an increasing tendency towards the use of firearms by criminals. 罪犯使用枪械的趋势在上升。
② (+to v. ) There is a growing tendency for people to work at home instead of in offices. 人们在家里而不是在办公室工作的趋势日益增长。
(2.) 癖好,秉性
①(+to, towards) He’s always had a tendency to /towards frivolity.
他向来表现出轻浮的倾向。
②(+to v. )The teacher criticized his tendency to view world affairs purely in terms of the East-West conflicts.
老师批评了他那种单纯从东西方冲突的角度去观察国际事务的倾向。
7. expand vi.& vt.
(1) 扩大,膨胀,增强,使扩大 expand reproduction 扩大再生产
eg.
1) The bird expanded his wings into the blue sky.
1) This factory has expanded to the river.
1) Metals expand when (it is) heated.
1) The flowers expand in the sunshine.
The business has expanded from having one office to having twelve.
这个公司已从一个分公司发展到拥有12个分公司了。
(2.) 详述(故事,论证等),引申
I don’t quite follow your reasoning. Can you expand (on it)
我不大理解你的论断,你能详细地加以说明吗?
You’ll have to expand your argument if you want to convince me.
你如果想使我信服, 就必须详述你的论点。
(3.) Vi. (人)变得更友善更健谈
He expanded a little when he had had a drink, and started to talk more freely.
他喝了一杯酒,变得更友善,并开始畅谈起来。
8. distribute vt.
(1.) 分发,分配某事物 (+sth. to/among sb./sth.)
The demonstrators distributed leaflets to passers-by. 示威者向行人分发传单。
(2.) 使(某事物)散开,散布
Baggage loaded onto an aircraft must be evenly distributed.
飞机载运的行李应均匀放置在各个部位。
拓展:
distribution n.
(1.) 分发,分配(多作不可数名词)
The boys complained that the distribution of prizes was unfair.
男孩们抱怨奖品分配不均。
(2.) 分布,散布(多作不可数名词)
The pine-tree has a very wide distribution.
松树的分布很广。
9. corporation n.
(1.) 公司;企业 John works for a large American chemical corporation.
约翰为一家美国大化学公司工作。
(2.) 市政府
The corporation has decided that no heavy-duty trucks are permitted to pass through the centre of the city during rush hours.
市政当局决定高峰期间不允许载重卡车通过市中心。
拓展:
corporate adj.
(1.) 社团的;团体的
corporate responsibility, action, etc 共同的责任,行动等
(2.) 市政府的;公司的
Corporate executives usually have high salaries. 公司里的管理人员一般享有高薪。
10. donate vt. 捐赠;赠送
The businessman donated a lot of money to the hospital. 这个商人捐给医院很多钱。
Many more warm-hearted people donated blood to the poor girl.
(给这个可怜的女孩献血)
In his will, he volunteered to donated his body to medicine.
在他的遗嘱里,他自愿将遗体捐给医疗事业。
拓展:
donation n. 捐赠;捐赠品;捐款
She made a donation of $ 1,000 to the Children’s Hospital.
她捐了1,000 美元给儿童医院。
11. curriculum n. 课程
Is German on your school’s curriculum 你们学校有德语课吗?
12. ministry n
[C]
(1.) (政府的)部
My brother works in the Ministry of National Defense.
我弟弟在国防部工作。
(2.) the ministry [GP] 神职界;(全体)牧师
His parents intended him for the ministry. 他的父母有意让他当牧师。
13. aspect n.
(1.) 方面
He mentioned only one aspect of the problem. 他只提到问题的一个方面。
(2.) 容貌,表情
He was serious of aspect but wholly undistinguished.
他面色严峻,却不过一庸人而已.
(3.) (房屋、门窗等的)朝向
She prefers a house with a southern aspect.
她喜欢朝南的房子。
14. profession n.
(1.) 专业,职业(尤指受过专门训练的,如法律、教学等)
He is a lawyer by profession.
他是职业律师。
(2)信仰或信念的表白
His profession of concern did not seem sincere.
他所表示的关心看来并非出自内心。
拓展:professional adj.
(1.)从事专门职业的 A lawyer is a professional man. 律师是从事专门职业的人。
(2.) 职业的,专业的
For professional footballers, injuries are an occupational hazard.
对于职业足球运动员来说,受伤是职业本身带来的危险。
15. alongside
(1.) prep 在…旁边;与…并排
The car drew up alongside the kerb. 小汽车在路边停下来。
(2.) adv. 横靠着;沿着;傍着
We brought our boat alongside. 我们把船靠边。
16. advocate
vt. 拥护;提倡; 主张
He advocates building more schools. 他主张多建几所学校。
n.(常与of连用)拥护者;提倡者
I am not a strong advocate of “English only” in the reading class.
对于阅读课上只用英语,我不是个强烈的拥护者。
17. restriction
n. 限制;约束
There is a restriction against smoking in schools.
禁止在学校吸烟。
拓展:restrict
vt. 限制;限定
He restricts himself to two cigarettes a day.
他限制自己每天吸两支香烟。
18. schedule
n. 时间表;进度表;程序表
The next thing on our schedule is to telephone our friends.
我们的日程安排中要做的下一件事是给我们的朋友打电话。
19.presentation
n.
(1.) [U] 赠送,引见,提出,出席,演出
They are preparing for the presentation of a new musical.
他们正准备上演新的歌舞喜剧。
(2.) [U] 赠送,引见,提出,出席,演出等的方式
She needs to improve her presentation of the arguments.
她需要改进阐述其论点的方式。
(3.) [C] 所赠送,引见,提出,出席,演出的事物,赠品,礼物,(尤指经仪式)授予之物
The queen will make the presentation herself. 女王将亲自授予礼品。
拓展:present
adj.
(1)出席的;到场的
How many people were present at the meeting 会议有多少人出席?
(2) 现在的;现存的
What is your present job 你现在的工作是什么?
vt.
(1.) 赠予;颁予
They presented flowers to their teacher. 他们献花给老师。
The mayor presented a silver cup to the winner. 市长把银杯授予了获胜者。
(2.)提出;呈递
The committee is presenting its investigation report next week.
委员会将于下星期提出调查报告。
The baker presented his bill. 面包师呈上帐单。
(3.) 表示;呈现
He presented his apologies. 他表示道歉。
(4.) 演出;公演
The theatre company is presenting 'Romeo and Julia' by Shakespeare next week.
剧团下星期将演出莎剧'罗密欧和朱丽叶'。
(5.) 介绍;引见;举荐
May I present Mr Robinson to you 可否让我向你介绍罗宾逊先生
The new ambassador was presented to the president. 新大使被引见给总统。
(6.) 展现
He always presents a calm smiling face. 他总是展现出平和的微笑。
(7.) 表现;造成
Money presents no difficulty to them. 资金对他们来说不成问题。
Reading
Reading comprehension:
1. Pre-reading:
Look around our school and decide what are needed to run a school.
2. Skimming:
Choose the best heading for each paragraph in the text.
3. Fast reading.(True or False)
1) By the year 2000 every Chinese child had had nine years of compulsory education.
2) There are 113 million children not in school today.
3) The UNESCO made a goal called “ Education for All ”.
4) It is important to create a positive attitude in agriculture areas, because it is not easy to change traditional ideas there.
5) How people are distributed can not affect the education system.
6) Children from countryside usually can continue their study. Boys and girls have equal chances of education.
7) To equip schools, some developing countries rely almost completely on aid from other countries and international organizations.
8) China doesn’t receive help from some organisations.
9) Distance learning is only used in Australia.
10) In the least developed nations of Africa, “ Education for All ” will be a huge task.
(FFTTF;FTFFT)
4. Careful reading(Answer the following questions.)
1. Why did the Chinese government introduce a law stating that by the year 2000 every Chinese child would have nine years of compulsory education
(Because the Chinese government realises that the future welfare of its citizens is closely linked to education.)
2. Do all girls and boys in China share the same opportunity to accept education Why (not)
(No. In some cultures parents are particularly unwilling to send their daughters to school because the custom is to educate boys rather than girls.)
3. What’s your understanding of the title “Education for all”
(Complete, free and compulsory primary education of good quality for all children by 2015.)
4. The success of a country in bringing education to all depends on the economy . Does this mean rich nations in the world don’t face education problems
(No, it doesn’t. Even the richest nation in the world faces problems. e.g. the USA found that it is not easy to make sure that every student receives the same quality of teaching.)
5. Close test:
__________, it is important to _____a positive attitude. In areas where agriculture _______ ___________, people do not ______________ education, and parents _____________ anything that _____ children _________ their work on the farm. China and other countries found that even when children from the countryside ____ start school, they _________________ to be ______ and often _______ later. In some cultures parents ____ particularly __________ send their daughters to school because the custom is to educate boys __________ girls.
(To begin with; reate; plays an important role; attach importance to; are sceptical of; takes away from; do; have a tendency to; absent; drop out; are unwilling to; rather than)
Language study in reading
知识点:
1. It is reported that 99% of school-age children in China attended primary school by 2004.
It is reported (said, thought, hoped and etc) that … 句型结构,通常表达“据报道(据说,人们认为,人们希望等)”,其中句首的it是形式主语,真正的主语是that引导的从句内容。
e.g. It is hoped that the children will carry on our family traditions.
我们期待孩子们能继承我们家族的传统。
2. In China, as in other countries, the government realizes that the future welfare of its citizens is closely linked to education.
be linked to 与……连接(相关)的。
e.g. The island will be linked to the mainland by a new bridge.
新的桥梁将把该岛与大陆连接在一起。
3.to begin with
(1.)首先,第一
I’m not going. To begin with I haven’t a ticket, and secondly I don’t like the play. 我不去。一来我没票,二来我不喜欢这出戏。
(2.) 起初
To begin with he had no money, but later he became quite rich.
他起初没钱,可是后来相当富有了。
4. In areas where agriculture plays an important role, people do not attach importance to education, and parents are sceptical of anything that takes children away from their work on farm.
句中where和that都引导定语从句。
attach ... to ...(加于……之上)和be sceptical of(对……抱着怀疑的态 度)是固定短语。
e.g. No blame attaches to him for the accident. 这个事故他没有受到责备。
We should attach primary importance to the development of economy.
我们要把发展经济的工作放在第一位。
5.drop out
(1.) (从活动、竞赛中)退出
Since his defeat he’s dropped out of politics. 他失败后就不再从事政治活动了。
(2.) 中途退学,辍学
She got a scholarship to Cambridge but dropped out a year later.
她得到了剑桥大学的奖学金,但一年后就退学了。
其它词组:drop behind 落后
drop by 顺便访问:停下做短暂访问
drop off 睡着;减少
drop in 顺便走访, 不预先通知的拜访
(3) drop out (of) 退出,辍学
To our great surprise, he decided to drop out of politics.(退出政治)
What do you think we should do to prevent the children from dropping our of school
(阻止孩子辍学)
“drop” phrases:
drop behind 落后,落伍
drop in on sb. at a place 顺便走访
drop into 跌入,落下,不知不觉
1) If I have time, I’m sure to _______________ you. (drop in on)
1) With the meeting going on , most of them _________________ sleep.(dropped into)
1) During the journey, Tom and Tim _________________the rest of the teammates.(dropped behind)
6. In some cultures parents are particularly unwilling to send their daughters to school because the custom is to educate boys rather than girls.
be unwilling to do 不愿意……; rather than 胜于
e.g. Much to our surprise, he was unwilling to accept our advice.
使我们惊讶的是,他竟然不愿意接受我们的建议.
These shoes are comfortable rather than pretty.
这双鞋不好看,但是舒服。
7. To solve this, Australia uses “distance learning” methods, where the students have lessons by two-way radio and mail.
to solve this是目的状语提前,表示强调;另外句中where引导的是非限定性定语从句,修饰说明methods;此类定语从句比较特别,因为其中的引导词并非表示地点的名词,类似的名词还有case, situation, condition等。
e.g. Can you think of a situation where this idiom can be used
你能想出一个使用这个成语的情况吗?
8. rely on/upon sb. /sth. to do sth.
(1.) 依赖,指望某人、某事物
I relied on your coming early. 我指望你早点来。
(2) 信任、依赖某人/某事物
You can rely on me to keep your secret. 你尽管相信我一定为你保密。
You can rely on it that I can finish the work on time. 你相信我好了,我会及时完成工作的。
9. In these countries, where some people do not even have fresh water or basic health care, reaching the target of “Education for All” will be a huge task, despite help from the international community.
where引导非限定性定语从句;reaching短语是句子的主语,despite是介词,其意义为“不管, 尽管, 不论”。
e.g. Despite the bad weather we enjoyed our holiday.
尽管天气不好,我们的假期仍过得很愉快。
Integrating Skills
How We Learn
1. obtain vt., vi. 得到,获得
I haven't been able to obtain that book.
我还没能得到那本书。
辨析:get, obtain, acquire, gain, win, earn这组动词的一般含义是“得到”。
obtain包含着“努力”、“希望”或“决意”去获得某物的意思。
The journalist immediately set out to obtain these important facts.
那位新闻记者立即着手获取这些重要的资料。
Ordinary people would then be able to use them to obtain valuable information.
那时平常的人便能运用它们去获取宝贵的信息。
get是最普遍、使用范围最广的词
I sat in the front of the bus to get a good view of the countryside.
我坐在公共汽车的前部,以得到有利于观赏农村风光的机会。
acquire虽然含有“努力获得”的意思,但更强调在原来的基础上自然增长或新的增添。
After having been instructed to drive out of town, I began to acquire confidence.
接到把车开出城的指令后,我的信心增长了。
gain有obtain的含义,但更强调目的物需要努力奋斗才能得到,而且这种东西具有价值,特别是物质价值。
During that time, she so gained my aunt's confidence that she was put in charge of the domestic staff.
在这期间,她得到了我姑姑如此的信任,结果被委任为家仆的负责人。
A penny saved is a penny gained.
省一文是一文。(谚语)
win虽然常常可以和gain换用,但win具有gain所不能表达的含义。如:获得者具有有利的品质
It seemed certain that this would win the prize.
这一块会得奖,这似乎是肯定的了。
This invariably wins them the love and respect of others.
这种行为常常为他们赢得别人的爱戴和尊敬。
earn包含着获得物与所花的气力是相互成比例的
His achievements earned him respect and admiration.
他的成就为他赢得别人的尊敬和赞美。
Some of them have come home for a few days' hard-earned leave.
他们中的有些人已经回国,度过那得之不易的几天假日。
2. evident
1. adj.明显的
It's evident that you are tired. 显然你累了。
辨析:evident, obvious, clear, plain这组形容词都有“清楚的”或“明显的”意思。
evident在善于修辞的作者笔下,总包含一定的迹象。
It's evident that someone has been here. 显然有人来过这里。
obvious所表示的“明显的”强调容易发现,常常用于修饰或说明那些本想掩盖而又没有能掩盖彻底的事情
The rope had been cut, so it was obvious that the lamb had been stolen.
绳子是被割断的,因此这只羊羔显然是被偷去的。
注:此句中的obvious 换用evident则更确切。
He is the stereotyped monster of the horror films and the adventure books, and an obvious (though not perhaps strictly scientific) link with our ancestral past.
它们是恐怖电影和惊险小说中的老一套的怪物,并且与我们的祖先有着明显的(虽然可能没有科学的) 联系。
clear(以及常见的plain)是口语中常用词,其含义为“清楚易懂”。clear 除了“清楚的”,“清晰的”之外,还有许多其他含义。如“流畅的”,“无障碍的”等。
The water of the lake is as clear as glass. 湖水清彻如同明镜。
He gave a clear answer to the direct question.
他对那个直截了当的问题作了清晰的答复。
plain除了“清楚的”、“浅显的”之外,也有些别的含义。
如:a plain face(一个普通的或不漂亮的面孔)
The letter was written in plain English. 那封信是用浅显的英语写的。
3. select
(1.) vt. 挑选,选择;择优 (select sb./sth. as sth. )
I was selected for the team. 我被选入这个队。
(2.) adj.挑选的,精选的, 择优的
a select group of top scientists 最优秀科学家小组
a film shown to a select audience 给内部观众反映的影片
辨析:choose, select, elect, pick
这些动词都指从一些可能性中做出选择。
Choose含有运用判断力在一些人、物或行为方式中选出一个的意思。
We do not choose survival as a value; it chooses us.
并不是我们把生存作为一种价值而选择了它;而是它选择了我们。
Select侧重于从许多不同种类中进行选择时的挑剔态度。
Four skiers will be selected to represent each country.
每个国家将选出四名滑雪者作为代表。
Elect强烈地暗示着通常在两者之间作出挑选时的深思细想。
I elected not to go. 我决定不去。
4. suit
vt.
(1). 满足;取悦;适意;对…方便
It suits me if you come to work at eight o'clock. 如果你八点来上班我就满意了。
(2.) 适合,适当 That dress suits you. 那套衣服你穿起来挺合适。
n.
(1). 一套衣服, 套装
a business suit 一套西装
(2). 诉讼
bring a suit against sb. 控告某人
fit—指大小,尺寸合体
suit—指颜色,花样,天气食物适合
match---和……..相配,和……..相称,使较量,一般指两样东西互相匹配或两人的能力势均力敌,互为对手.
1) This hat matches your jacket perfectly.
1) The color of the cloth suits a woman at my wife’s age.
1) These shoes don’t fit me—Have you got a large size
1) This climate doesn’t suit her.(agree with)
1)
PAGE
6Unit11 key to success
整体感知
单元要点
Word study 1:criterion 2:comrade 3:summay 4:percentage 5:questionnaire 6:colleague 7:suspect8:temporary9:coach 10:uncertain 11:expectation 12:division 13:rugby 14:compromise 15:exsite 16:regulation 17:bureaucratic 18:dynamic19:shortcoming20:embarrass 21:contradictory 22:resign 23:actual 24:definite 25:congratulate 26:smooth 27:finance 28:combination 29:bride 30:shame 31:hand-on 标准 2.尺度 3.总结 4.百分比 5.调查表 6.同事 7.怀疑 8.暂时的 9.教练10.不确切的、无把握的 11.期待 12.分割 13.(英)橄榄球 14.妥协 15.使兴奋16.规章17官僚的 18动态的 19.缺点20.使尴尬 21.互相矛盾22.辞职 23.真实的 24.确切的 25.祝贺 26.顺利的 27.财政(学28结合、 29.新娘30.羞耻 31.亲自实践的
Useful expressions 1.stick with 2.through thick and think 3.pull out of 4.cater to 5.in reality 6.keep an eye on7.take sth into account 8.as a whole 9.once again 10.live unto 1.保持联系 2.不顾艰难 3.从。。。中退出 4.满足某种需要或要求5.事实上 6.照料、照管 7.考虑8。普遍来说作为整体 9。再一次 10。依照。。。行事、做到
Sentence Patterns andCommunicativeEnglish How to offer one’s proposalAsking for helpSentences patterns:It is necessary to work with others.What if you feel comfortable about doing a task by yourself Not only will these qualities make you rise in the eyes of others but you will also feel better about yourself.No matter how hard you try,It is no use for everybody to try to pursue the same career.
Topic&Writing A passage on the test. “How to make teams function well ”
背景知识
I Will Keep It Up
I was honored to be the excellent student in Dongcheng District, Peking, in 2003.This will either be an acknowledgement on my past achievements, or an encouragement to my future studying. The honor is the results of fostering of everyone in my school and my parents.
Since I was a child, I liked to play basketball. It attributed to my father who entered the professional basketball team in PLA at his 14.He has engaged in this job for 20 years and played the games for National Team alone for 14 years. He, himself, won so many honors for our country and was also chosen to be the international master sportsman and Asian Basketball Star through public appraisal. His career imprinted on my mind deeply. He required me to watch every important games on TV. He told me to observe the spirits of players, the exciting, happy and solemn expressions of the players in the flag-raising ceremony and the boiling spots on spectators. All of these made me realize that basketball was not just a game to stay healthy, what’s more, it could not only extend everyone’s national prestige, but also motivate the emotions of national people. I made up my mind to play basketball well since then to win the honor for our motherland.
The leaders and coaches in Dongzhimen Middle School made my dream come true. When I was a pupil in Jinan, I didn’t take part in any amateur training during the vacations until Grade 6 because there was no school team and any practical opportunity. I lived in Peking with my parents in 2001.Breaking a rule, I was recruited by Dongzhimen Middle School as a special student because of my height. Thus, I joined the school team there. I fell behind the others at the beginning because I couldn’t finish the training tasks for my poor basis and extra weight. Under this circumstance, the headmaster encouraged me to establish the confidence. The coach required me to catch up with my companions and made a scientific program for me. Their love impelled me to do more. I should do the following: to watch everyone’s merits more, to observe the role of the center and how she performed, to draw a lesson during my each fault and to achieve the strict requirements of the coach with more practice on skills and tactics. The training was very hard, but I insisted on. I made my improvements through one year’s training and took part in many matches. We won the gold in “19th Kwangwei Cup” of middle school group in Peking,2002. I personally reached the Ⅱ scale player level through the investigation and was entitled to the title of “the Ⅱscale player”.
In order to adjust to the development of the condition, I realize that I must be a good player with fine cultural scores. I can deal with the contradictions well between studying and training, though there are 3 and a half hours’ training everyday. I can understand my teachers in class and finish homework in time. I can make the best use of the vacations to review my lessons and preview the subjects in next semester. make up my mind to keep it up.
I realize that I still have a long way to go though I was honored. But this won’t be a finishing point, but a beginning. I will work hard in my studying and training in future. I believe I can climb up a new step under the expectations and helpfulness of my coaches and teachers.
细说教材
Warming up
What criteria do you use to accept people as friends 你使用什么标准来接纳人作为朋友?
[点拨] criteria是criterion的复数形式,表示“评判或作决定的标准、原则”的意思。
e.g.: what criteria are used for assessing a student’s ability.
用什么标准来来评定一个学生的能力?
Do you with your friends through thick and thin 你会不顾艰难困苦和朋友不分离吗?
[点拨] stick v. (stuck—stuck)
① push sth into sth 将---刺入、插入;刺戳、插入
The nurse stuck the needle into my arm.
护士把针扎入我的胳膊。
Don’t stick your fingers through the bars of the cage.
不要把指头伸进笼子里。
I found a snail sticking in the tyre.
我发现轮子上扎了一根钉子。
②粘贴、粘住
He stuck a stamp on the envelope.
他把一张邮票贴在信封上。
③放置
Stick your bags down there..
把你们的包搁到那儿吧。
④卡住、陷住
The key has stuck in the lock..
钥匙卡在锁里了。
⑤容忍、忍受 (通常用于疑问句和否定句;接人/物)
I don’t know how you stick that job .
我不知道那活儿你怎么受得了。
▲ stick n
枝条、枯枝、火柴辊儿、木棍
we collected dry sticks to start a fire .
我们捡了些枯枝生起火来。
the old lady leant on her stick as she talked .
老太太说话时时拄着拐棍。
▲ stick with
①紧跟、不离开
Please stick with him if you want to get help .
②持续、坚持 相当于continue with / continue doing
They decided to stick with their original plan .
他们决定继续执行原来的计划。
▲Stick to 坚持(计划、原则、决定、诺言等)
If you stick to the truth ,you have nothing to fear .
如果你坚持真理,你就没有什么好怕的。
[点拨] through thick and thin “不顾艰难险阻”、“赴汤蹈火”、“同甘共苦”
He has supported the team for over ten years through thick and thin .
十多年来,他不顾艰难支持这个队。
What is the moment for you to pull out of a friendship 你在什么时候退出和朋友的友谊。
[点拨] Pull out of “脱离”、“使退出”
They are pulling their troops out of the war zone.
他们正从战区撤出军队。
Listening
What type of media do you read 你读哪类媒体信息。
[点拨] Media 是medium的复数形式,常加定冠词,表示“传播媒介”或“媒体”。
The media后虽说应用复数动词,但也可用单数动词。
e.g.: The media are (is) to blame for starting the rumors.
引起这些谣言得怪媒体。
2. Media n. [c] “媒介物”、“介体”
e.g.: The atmosphere is a medium for sound waves.
大气是声波的媒介物。
e.g.: Copper is a good medium for the conduction of heat and electricity.
铜是热和电的优良导体。
Fill in the most important percentages mentioned in the text .填写出文中提到的最重要的百分数。
[点拨] Percentage“百分比”多与of连用。作主语时,谓语动词使用单数形式还是复数形后面名词的单复数决定。
What percentage of babies die of this disease every year
每年死于这种疾病的婴儿占多少个百分比?
Per cent,也可写成 percent ,表示“百分之”的含义,多与of连用。如果作主语,谓语动词用单数或复数形式。
About 90 percent of most food is water .
大部分食物中约有百分之九十的水。
I paid him six per cent interest .
我付给他百分之六的信息。
…and match their listening behavior to the statistics in the bar chart below 把听的结果和下面条形表中的统计数字搭配起来。
[点拨] Statistics“统计学”为单数含义;还可表示“统计数学”“统计资料”,这时为复数含义。
Statistics is a rather modern branch of mathematics .
统计学是数学一个相当现代的分支。
Statistics show that there are more boys than girls at school.
统计数字表明学校的男生比女生多。
Speaking
…one of your other colleagues who is known to have stolen things in the past is suspected of having stolen the camera.你的一个大家都熟悉的过去曾经偷过东西的同事被怀疑偷了这个相机。
[点拨] to have known 是动词不定式的完成时,表示先于前面动词发生的动作。动词不定式的进行式表示和前面动词同时进行的动作。
e.g.: He pretended to sleep right now. 他假装着立即去睡觉。
He pretended to be sleeping. 他假装着正在睡觉。
He pretended to have just slept. 他假装着刚睡醒。
[点拨] suspect 用法如下:
1. suspect: V. 疑有、觉得(某事要发生)
e.g.: If you suspect a gas leak, do not strike a match or even turn on an electric light.
假如你怀疑有煤气泄漏,不要划火柴,甚至连电灯都不要开。
e.g.: I began to suspect (that) they were trying to get rid of me.
我开始察觉出,他们试图摆脱掉我。
2. suspect: V.怀疑、感觉有问题、不信任。
I suspected her motives in offering to help.
他主动要帮忙,我怀疑他的动机。
3. suspect: V.怀疑某人有罪,这时注意固定短语。
suspect sb. of sth. /doing sth..
4. suspect: 还可作名词,“嫌疑犯”、“嫌疑分子”
suspected. 作形容词:“被怀疑的”
The company cater to various restaurants in the city where you live.这家公司满足你所生活的城市里各类饭店的需求。
[点拨] cater for/to…“提供”、“迎合”
cater for 指给人们提供正当需求的东西。
cater to 指给人们提供不合适的、不健康的东西。
e.g.: TV programmers usually cater for all tastes.电视通常提供各种不同趣味的节目。
Some tabloid newspapers cater to low tastes.
有些小型报纸迎合低级趣味。
While working there you discover that the management does not take proper measures to ensure hygiene and safety of food products.在那儿工作时你会发现管理者没有采取恰当的措施来保证食品的卫生和安全。
[点拨] while working there… 这是一个省略了主语和be动词的从句,完整句子是:while you are working there…
英语中,有些表示时间、地点、条件、方式或让步状语等的从句中,如果谓语包含有动词be,主语和句中的主语一致,或者主语是it,就常常可以把从句中的主语和谓语的一部分(特别是动词be)省略掉。
e.g.: Look out for cars when you are crossing the street.过街时注意车辆。
e.g.: If it is not well managed, electricity can be harmful.如果管理不善,电还可能有害处。
e.g.: She hurriedly left the rooms as though she was angry.
她急匆匆的走出房子,好像很生气的样子。
e.g.: If it is impossible, I should like to have two copies of it.可能的话,我希望有两本。
如果这类从句的主语和它所修饰的非谓语动词的逻辑上的主语一致时,也可作这样的省略。
e.g.: She advised me not to say anything until I was asked.她劝我别说什么,除非有人要我说。
[点拨] ensure “保证”、“确保”
动词前缀“en-”可以和名词、形容词构成动词。
endanger 危及、危害
encircle 环绕、围绕
encourage 鼓励
enlarge 扩大
enrich 使丰富
enable 使能够
To go there and come back by bike will only take about half an hour…骑自行车来回仅用半个小时的时间。
[点拨] 此句可改为:It will only take (him) about half an hour to go there and come back by bike.
Reading:
Is it necessary to work with others 有必要和其他人合作吗?
[点拨] 句中的it没有具体意义,只是形式主语,代替真正主语to work with others,并且后移,使句子显得平稳一些。借助it作形式主语并后移的主语有三种:不定式,动名词和从句。
e.g.: It is our duty to attend to this matter.处理这件事是我们的责任。
e.g.: It is no use talking to him about it.和他谈这事没有用。
e.g.: It was clear that they had no desire for peace.很清楚他们没有和平的诚意。
e.g.: It seems that comrade Wang’s idea is more practical.看起来老吴的意见更实际一些。
What if you feel comfortable about doing a task by yourself 要是你一个人完成一项任务感到很舒服又会怎么样呢?
[点拨] What if…表示“要是。。。会怎么样呢?”相当于What would happen if…
e.g.: What if the train is late 火车要是晚点会怎么样呢?
e.g.: What if she forgets to bring it 要是他忘记带来会怎么样呢?
…it sometimes feels as if we are being asked to work in teams for the sake of just that.有时候学校让人感到好像我们一直被要求为了团队协作而协作。
[点拨] for the sake of 为了。。。起见,因。。。的缘故。
e.g.: They stayed together for the sake of the children.
为了孩子,他们还呆在一起。
School life is a preparation for our working days to come.学校生活是为后来的工作岁月而准备的。
[点拨] Preparation 相关的短语
preparation for 为。。。的准备
in preparation 在准备中
make preparation for sth. 为。。。准备
Make preparations to do为。。。准备(注意此短语preparation用复数)
[点拨] prepare V. 动词 相关短语如下:
1. prepare sth./sb. for sb./sth.为。。。做准备
e.g.: A hotel room is prepared for them.正在为他们准备一间旅馆客房。
e.g.: The police are preparing themselves for trouble at the meeting.
警察正在准备防范集合时可能出现的骚乱。
2. prepare to do 准备做某事
e.g.: I was preparing to leave. 我正准备离开。
3. prepare sb. to do 准备让某人做某事。
e.g.: His parents prepare him to go traveling tomorrow. 他的爸妈准备让他明天去远行。
[点拨] prepared adj.“准备好的” 相关的短语:
1.be prepared for相当于be ready for
表示“为。。。做好准备”
e.g.: I was not prepared for all the problems it caused.
我对这事引起的诸多麻烦毫无防备。
2. be prepared to do 相当于be willing to do 表示“愿意。。。”
e.g.: We were not prepared to accept these conditions.
我们无意接受这些条件。
A type of team we are all familiar with are sports teams. 我们大家都熟悉的一种团队是运动队。
[点拨] be familiar with sth.“(人)对某物熟悉”
be familiar to sb. “(物)对某人来说是熟悉的”
e.g.: The smell is very familiar to everyone who lives near a bakery.
住在面包房附近的人都很熟悉这种气味。
e.g.: Are you familiar with the computer software they use
你熟悉他们使用的计算机软件吗?
…and responsibilities attached to each role 依附于每个角色的责任。
[点拨] 1.attached to sb./sth. 依恋、爱慕
e.g.: I’ve never seen two people so attached to each other.
我从未见过两个人如此形影不离。
2.attached to sth. 附属于,为。。。工作
e.g.: The research unit is attached to the university. 这个研究单位附属于大学。
3.attach. V. to fasten or join one thing to another. 把。。。固定,把。。。附在。。。上
e.g.: Attach the photo to the front of your letter. 把照片附在信的正面。
When forming teams to complete tasks at school, we are often hardly aware of this.在学校里,当我们为完成任务组成团队时,我们根本意识不到这一点。
[点拨] aware adj. 知道的,意识到的,觉察到的。常见短语:
aware of sth./sb.=aware that-clause 知道、意识到、觉察到
e.g.: He was well of the problems. 他很清楚这个问题。
e.g.: Were you aware that something was wrong. 你有没有意识到已经出了问题?
e.g.: She slipped away without him being aware of. 她悄悄离开,没有让他发觉。
…and it teaches us to be patient and how to respond to different personalities.实践教会我们耐心,并且怎样对不同个性的人作出反应。
[点拨] respond to 意思如下:
1.to give a spoken or written answer to (口头或书面)回答,回应。相当于reply to
e.g.: She never responded to my letter. 她从来没给我回过信。
2.How did they respond to the news 他们对这一消息有什么反应。
3.反应灵敏,作出正确反应
The car responds very well to the controls. 这汽车操纵自如。
As with sports teams, group work can only be successful when group members respect, help and support each other, while the work division is clear and each member perfoms at the right level in the role that is most suitable to him or her..体育运动队也是如此。尽管运动员分工明确,每个队员在最适合自己的位置上发挥恰当的作用,但是只有当队员们相互尊重,相互帮助,相互支持时,队伍才能取得成功。
[点拨] As with sports teams, =As/So it is with sports teams
[点拨] while 意思是“although/in spite of the fact” “虽然;尽管”之意,常置于句首。
e.g.: While I am willing to help, I do not have much time available.
尽管我愿意帮忙,但是没有多少时间。
…while people who are mainly listening and commenting are often the ones to keep an eye on procedures that must be followed.而那些主要发表评论和听取评论的人经常是那些关注必须遵守的比赛程序的人。
[点拨] keep an eye on 相当于take care sb./sth.是“照看、留神、留意”之意。
e.g.: We’ve asked the neighbors to keep an eye on the house for us while we are away.
我们已请邻居在我们离开时帮我们照看房子。
How the tasks of the group are divided depends on the personalities and abilities of the individuals in the group.如何分配团队的任务取决于队伍中每个人的特性和能力。
[点拨] 1.How the tasks of the group are divided 是由连接副词how引导的主语从句
e.g.: When we shall have our sports meet is still a question.
=It is still a question when we shall have our sports meet.
e.g.: Whether he will join us won’t make too much difference.
=It won’t make too much difference whether he will join us.
2.主语从句还可由what等代词引导,这一情况不使用it作形式主语
e.g.: What you need is more practice. 你需要的是更多的练习。
e.g.: Whatever wad said here must be kept secret.这里说的任何话都应当保密。
3.主语从句还可以由连词that引导。这一情况大多将主语从句后置,而it用作形式上的主语,口语中that可以省略
e.g.: It’s not your fault that this has happened.发生了这样的事不是你的错。
[点拨] 1.depend on/ upon “依靠”“靠。。。决定”
e.g.: The town depends solely on its tourist industry. 这座城市完全依靠它的旅游业。
e.g.: His success depends upon effect and ability.他是否成功取决于他的努力和能力。
2.It depends/ It depends+从句 固定用法,译为“得看情况”
e.g.: —Are you going “你去吗?”
—It all depends. “得看情况”
e.g.: It depends what you are willing to pay. 得看你愿意付多少钱。
e.g.: It depends where you live. 得看你住在哪儿。
To make the best of working with our classmates, it is important to recognize their strengths and weaknesses.为了尽力与同学们合作,认可他们的优势和弱势是很重要的。
[点拨] 注意下列短语:
1. make the best of sth./ doing sth.=try one’s best to do“尽力而为做某事”
2. make the most of “充分利用,尽情享受”
e.g.: It’s my first trip abroad so I’m going to make the most of it.
这是我第一次出国,我要充分利用这个机会。
3. make use of “利用(时间,物体)”
make full /good use of “充分(好好)利用”
make the best use of “最佳利用…”
e.g.: Please make full use of your spare time to earn some money.请充分利用空闲时间赚点钱。
4. make much of sb./ sth. “重视;认为…很重要” 相当于 treat sb. as very important. e.g.: He always makes much of his appearance.他总是非常在意他的外表。
[点拨] recognize V. 也可写成recognised 此处译为“(正式)认可、接受、赞成”
e.g.: He is recognized/ recognised to be their natural leader.人们都承认他是他们当然的领袖。
Integrating skills:
She had herself independent, and was able to manage for finances.她已经独立,能够很合理地支配自己的经济收入。
[点拨] manage 此处意思是“to use money, time, information,etc, in a sensible way” “明知的使用(金钱、时间、信息等)”
e.g.: Don’t tell me how to manage my incomes.
用不着你来告诉我怎样使用我的收入。
[点拨] finance 作为不可数名词,意思是“资金”“财政、金融、财务”。
finances是复数形式,表示“(个人、组织、国家的)财力、财源、财务管理”
e.g.: Finance for education comes from taxpayers.教育经费来自纳税人。
e.g.: the Minister of Finance财政部长
the finance director财务主任
e.g.: It’s about time you sorted out your finances.现在是你整顿财务状况的时候了。
…she decided to put that to good use.她决定有效地利用那些钱。
[点拨] put sth. to good use 意思是“有效地利用(使用)”相当于make good use of sth.
e.g.: She’ll be able to put her languages to good use in her new job.
她在新工作中应该可以好好运用她会的各种语言。
This time she decided on a practical course to learn how to do make-up.这次她决定学一门如何化妆的实际课程。
[点拨] 1.make-up此处为名词,有“化妆”之意
2.make yourself/ sb. up“化妆”“上装”
[点拨] make up
1.“构成,形成”
e.g.: Women make up 56% of the students numbers.女生占学生人数的56%。
2.“编造故事(或谎言等)”
e.g.: He made up some excuse about his daughter being sick.。他编造了一些借口,说他的女儿病倒了。
3.“补上失去的东西,做出补偿;弥补”常用短语make up of
e.g.: Nothing can make up for the loss of a child.失去一个孩子是任何东西都无法补偿的。
e.g.: After all the delays, we were anxious to make up for lost time.耽搁了这么久,我们急着想弥补失去的时间
4. 相关短语
make up to sb. for sth. 对某人表示歉意,给予补偿
make up to sb. 献媚,奉承,讨好某人
make up with sb. 同某人言归于好
Many people tend to listen to their parents or to their teachers and they often have expectations are hard to live up to.许多人往往听父母或老师的意志,他们常常拥有一种很难实现的期望。
[点拨] 1.tend to do 此处译为“往往会”“常常就”
e.g.: Women tend to live longer than men.女人往往比男人长寿。
e.g.: When I’m tired, I tend to make mistakes.我累了就容易出错。
2.tend to/ towards sth.
e.g.: His views tend towards the extreme.他的观点趋于偏激。
e.g.: Prices have tended downwards over recent years.近年来物价趋于下降。
3.tend (to) sb./sth. 相当于care for sb./sth.“照料”“照管”“护理”
e.g.: Doctors and nurses tended the injured.医生和护士护理受伤者。
[点拨] live up to “达到;符合;不辜负(他人的期望)”
e.g.: He failed to live up to his parents’ expectations.他辜负了父母的期望。
…but is going to university really the idea career for most people 但是上大学真的是大多数人的理想前途吗?
[点拨] 这是一个疑问句。going to university 是动名词做主语。
It is well-known that at the age of 17 to 18, many people dream of going to university.众所周知,在十七、八岁时,很多年轻人梦想上大学。
[点拨] It is well-known that-从句:能用这种从句做主语的带it的结构,常见的有下面几点:
1. It is+ 抽象名词+that-从句
e.g.: It is a shame that none of us has passed the test.
我们没有一个人通过这次测试,太不好意思了。
2. It is+ 形容词+that-从句
e.g.: It is natural that there is thunderstorm in summer. 夏天有雷雨是很自然的。
3. It+ 动词+that-从句
e.g.: It happened that the electricity was off. 当时碰巧停电。
4. It +be + 过去分词+that-从句
e.g.: It was reported that 2008 Olympic Games would be hold in Beijing. 据报道,2008年奥运会将在北京举行。
5.这类主语从句也可用连接副词或哦连接代词引导。
e.g.: It doesn’t matter whether he will come to the party or not.
他是否来参加晚会无关紧要。
e.g.: It is not decided who will take charge of the company.
谁来掌管这家公司还没有定下来。
[点拨] dream of sth./doing : “梦想做某事”
No matter how hard you try, working towards a career for which you are not suitable is not going to get you there. 无论你多么努力尝试,朝一个不适合的职业奋斗你不会有结果。
[点拨] No matter how hard you try, 相当于However hard you try, 引导让步状语从句,类似的短语有:
no matter who /what /which /where /when 相当于whoever /whatever /whichever /wherever /whenever 但前者只充当状语从句,后者可充当状语从句,主语从句,宾语从句。
e.g.: Whatever (No matter what) you say, I won’t believe. 不管你说什么,我决不相信你的话。
e.g.: I’ll eat for whatever (≠no matter what) you give me. 你给我什么我就吃什么。
It’s no use for everybody to try to pursue the same career.每个人都追求同一职业是没有用的。
[点拨] It’s (no) use doing 一般不使用It’s (no) use to do 类似的有:
It’s (no) good doing 不使用It’s (no) good to do 但可以说It’s (no) use /good for sb. to do…
By following your own interests will ensure that you arrive at the best possible station in life.遵循自己的兴趣,你保证会达到人生可能达到的最佳位置。
[点拨] 这是一个以by介词短语放在句首的倒装句。自然语序是:You will ensure that you arrive at the best possible station in life by following your own interests.
People have different personality types, and connected to these types are different learning styles.人们拥有不同的性格类型,和这些不同性格类型相关联的是不同的学习风格。
[点拨] 这是一个将表语connected to these types前置的倒装句,自然语序是…and different learning styles are connected to these types.
These characteristics combine in unique ways in each person, forming personality types, each made up of different inner processors and ways of functioning in the world.这些性格特征以特有的方式融合在每个人的身上,形式不同的性格类型,各种性格类型是由不同的内心变化和外部各种方式作用的结果。
[点拨] each made up of different inner processors and ways of… 是独立结构,做伴随状语,修饰forming personality types。 独立结构常由—名词(或代词)和另一成分构成的复合结构担任。常见的复合结构有下面几类:
名词/代词+分词/形容词/不定式/介词短语/副词
e.g.: He lay on his back, his hands crossed under his head. 他脸朝天,头枕着手躺着。
e.g.: He entered the room, his nose red with cold.
他鼻子冻的通红地走进房来。
独立结构根据其在句子中的不同状语成分,可替换为相应的状语从句。如上两句是伴随状语,可改为并列句。
e.g.: He lay on his back, and his hands crossed under his head.
e.g.: He entered the room, and his nose was red with cold.
e.g.: Spring coming on, the trees turned green. (时间状语)
=>When spring comes on, the trees turned green. (改为时间状语从句)
春天来了,树都绿了。
Grammar
The Inversion
英语语序有两种:一种是自然语序,即主语在谓语前;一是倒装语序,谓语在主语前。到状语序又分为全部倒装和部分倒装。全部倒装,即整个谓语放在主语前;部分倒装,即位于的一部分放在主语前
e.g.: In came a man with white beard.(全部倒装)忽然进来一个白胡子老头。
e.g.: Only in this way will you complete the program..只有这样你才能完成这项任务。
倒装语序的使用有下列几种情况:
1.疑问句:
e.g.: How are you been getting along 你们相处的怎么样?
e.g.: Has she left her telephone number with you 她给你留下了电话号码了没有?
当疑问句是句子主语时,不倒装。
e.g.: Who invented the new machine 谁发明的这个新机器。
2. there be…句型
e.g.: There have been many such uprising in our history. 我国历史上发生过好些这样的起义。
e.g.: Is there going to be a film tonight 今晚有电影吗?
3. 由there, now , then 引起,谓语为come, go, follow的句子。
e.g.: There comes the bus! 汽车来了!
e.g.: Now comes your turn! 现在轮到你了。
e.g.: Then followed eight years of the Anti-Japanese War. 接着是八年抗战。
如果主语是代词,仍用自然语序:
e.g.: There he comes!
4. 由here引起,谓语为be的句子:
e.g.: Here is China’s largest tropical forest. 这里是中国最大的雨林。
e.g.: Here are some picture-books. 这儿是一些连环画。
如果主语是代词,仍用自然语序:
e.g.: Here we are. This is our new school. 咱们到了,这儿是我们的新学校。
5.由so 引起的肯定句表示前面所描述的情况也适用于另一人或东西。
e.g.: Society has changed and so have the people in it. 社会变了,人也跟着变了。
I do will in studies, so does Mary. 我学习很好,玛丽也很好。
注意so后的助动词要和前一分句保持一致,若一个句子只是重复前面一句话的意思,尽管用so开头,语序也不要倒装。
e.g.: —It was cold yesterday. —So it was!
昨天天气很冷。 是很冷。
6. 由neither, nor引起的否定句,表示前面所说情况也适用于另一人或东西。要求和so引起的肯定句倒装相同。
e.g.: —I won’t do such a thing. —Nor (Neither) will I.
我可不做这样的事。 我也不做。
e.g.: If you won’t go, neither /nor /shall I. 如果你不愿意去,我也不去。
7. 以never, little, often, not only, not until, hardly, scarcely等引起的句子,常倒装:
e.g.: Often did we warm them not to do so. 我们曾多次警告他们不要这样做。
e.g.: Not until quite recently did I have any idea what a guided missile was like.
直到最近我才有点知道导弹是什么样子。
8. So /such…that…结构中,若so / such 置于句首,句子倒装:
e.g.: So loudly did he speak that even people in the next room could hear him.
他声音那样大,连隔壁屋子里的人都听得见。
e.g.: Such a wonderful book is it that sells very well. 如此好的一本书,以致十分畅销。
9.当一个句子没有宾语而主语又比较长,常可将状语提到句子前头,同时谓语也放到主语前面,句子全部倒装,开始这类句子的主要是介词短语:
e.g.: Along the river banks stood lines of tall trees. 沿着河岸是成排的大树。
e.g.: In front of the building lies a beautiful garden. 楼前是一个美丽的花园。
10.可以把表语和系动词提到主语前面,表语可以是:
① 介词短语
e.g.: On the other sides was northern Sin kiang. 在另一边是北疆。
② 形容词
e.g.: Very important in the farmer’s life is the radio weather report.
农民生活中很重要的一件事是无线电天气预报。
③ 副词
e.g.: Below is a restaurant. 下面是一家餐馆。
④ 过去分词
e.g.: Shown together with these products were ship and plane models.
和这些产品一道展出的还有轮船和飞机模型。
⑤ 现在分词
e.g.: Lying on the floor was a boy aged about seventeen.
躺在地板上的是一个17岁的男孩
11. 在描写一个情景时,有时为了使景象生动,我们可以把out, in, up, down, away之类的状语放在主语前面,同时把主语和谓语全部倒装。
e.g.: Up went the arrow into the sky. 飕的一下箭射上了天。
e.g.: Out rushed a tiger from along the bushes, following the roar.
一声吼叫,呼地从林子里冲出一只老虎。
若主语是一个人称代词,谓语就仍然放在后面。
e.g.: Away they went. 一下他们几走了。
12. as引导的让步状语从句中,可以把表语提到主语前面:
e.g.: Cold as the weather was, it couldn’t cool our enthusiasm for work..
尽管天气很冷,却不能冷却我们的劳动热情。
e.g.: Child as he is, he can speak four languages. 尽管是个孩子,他却能讲四种语言。
13.省略了if的虚拟条件句:
e.g.: Had I been informed earlier, I could have done something.
要是早点告诉我,我也许能想点办法。
14.某些让步状语从句:
e.g.: Come what may, we’ll always stand by you. 转换: No matter what may come, we’ll always stand by you.
不管发生什么情况,我们都要站在你们一边。
15.表示祝愿的一些句子:
e.g.: Long live the friendship! 友谊万岁!
e.g.: May our motherland become prosperous and strong! 祝祖国繁荣昌盛!
习题对话
Ⅰ.1.in reality 2.temporary 3.contradictory 4.co-operate 5.keep an eye on
6.Taking into account 7.short-comings 8.shamed themselves
Ⅱ.1.coach 2.dynamic 3.shortcomings 4.keep an eye on
5.division 6.misunderstanding 7.temporary 8.in reality
Ⅲ.1.among 2.male 3.number 4.of 5.graduate 6.to 7.as 8.choose
9.in 10.have 11.only 12.chose 13.ones 14.were 15.on
16.are 17.but 18.based 19.with 20.than
考题档案
1.【上海04】 Snacks and drinks, but they also brought cards for entertainment when they had a picnic in the forest.
A. Not only they brought B. Not only did they bring
C. Not only brought they D. Not only they did bring
2. 【江苏2004】I will never know what was on his mind at the time, nor will .
A. anyone B. anyone else C. no one D. no one else
3. 【重庆2004】 I failed in the final examination last term and only then the importance of studies.
A. I realize B. I had realize C. had I realize D. did I realize
4. 【上海2003】 Only when your identity has been checked,
A. you are allowed in B. you will be allowed in
C. will you allow in D. will you be allow in
5. 【上海2003】Generally speaking, according to the directions, the drug was no effect.
A. when taking B. when taken C. when to take D. when to be taken
6. 【上海2003】It is pretty well understand controls the flow of carbon dioxide in and the atmosphere today.
A. that B. when C. what D. how
7. 【上海2003】“I don’t think it’s my that the TV blew up, I just turned it on, that’s all.” Said the boy.
A. error B. mistake C. fault D. duty
8. 【上海2003】Broadly speaking, I would agree with Shirley, though not .
A. widely B. thoroughly C. entirely D. extensively
9. 【2003NMET】The old couple have been married for 40 year and never once with each other.
A. they had quarreled B. they have quarreled
B. have they quarreled D. had they quarreled
10. 【上海2003】--Dad, I’ve finished my assignment.
--Good, and you play or watch TV, you mustn’t disturb me.
A. whenever B. whether C. whatever D. no matter
11. 【北京2003】 time, he’ll make a first-class tennis player.
A. Having given B. To give C. Giving D. Given
12. 【上海2004】Having been attacked by terrorists, .
A. doctors came to their rescue B. the tall building collapsed
B. an emergency measure was taken D. warnings were given to tourists
13. 【江苏2004】--How long did are you staying
--I don’t know.
A. That’s OK B. Never mind C. It depends D. It doesn’t matter.
14. 【上海2002】--Will you go skiing with me this winter vaction
--It .
A. all depend B. all depends C. is all depended D. is all depending
15. 【上海2002】--You forget your purse when you went out.
--Good heavens, .
A. so did I B. so I did C. I did so D. I so did
参考答案1.选B. 2.选B.句中的anyone指一切人,但前半句已指出“我当时不知道他头脑里在想什么”,当然要将“我”除外. 3.选B 4.选D 5.选B 6.选C 7.选C 8.选C 9.选C 英语中表否定意义的词位于句首,如: hardly, never, seldom, scarcely.句子要用倒装语序。 10.选B11.选D 考查分词做状语的知识。推敲“give time”和“he”的关系,不应该是他给别人时间,而是被给予,得到时间的话,他会成为遗留的网球选手,因此,选过去分词表示被动语态。12.选B选C A项意为“没关系”,B项“不要紧” C项“视情况而定” D项意为“没关系”。 13. C 14.选B 15.选B
一课一测
(检测自己的能力)
A级(基础训练)
I:单项选择。
1.----How do you____ your friends____
----It is not easy to clear that up .
A. keep; through thick and thin B. go on with; thick and thin
C. stick with; through thick and thin D. stick to; with thick and thin
2. The criteria ,____used to judge a three—good student ,____out of date.
A. which is , is B. which are ,are
C. that are , is D. that are , are
3. Statistics _____.
A. have been added up B. has been added up
C. have added up to D. has added up to
4. The clerk ____ a thief once had to leave the co-operation.
A. who is suspected of being B. suspected of being
C. who was suspected to be D. suspecting to
5. ----____my advice
----____.
A. what dose she follow ,It depends on . B. what if she will follow , It will depend .
C. when dose she follow , It all depends. D. what if she follows, It depends.
6. He prepared her daughter _____a lawyer while she was ____ an career of an engineer.
A. to be ,preparing for B. for ,prepared for
C. with , prepared for D. ×,prepared with
7. Are you familiar ____ the school _____ the university
A. with , attached to B. to ,attached to
C. with , attached with D. to , attaching to
8. We have asked the neighbors to ____the house for us while we are away for holidays which of the following is not proper
A. make reparations to B. start at
C. keep an eye on D. take good care of
9.— How does the plan _________ you
—If only it could be carried out smoothly.
A.hit B.strike C.beat D.impress
10.________, the book has many mistakes.
A.Having not been written carefully B.Not writing carefully
C.Having written not carefully D. Not having been written carefully
B级(创新提高)
I. 从A、B、C、D四个选项中,选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项
1.He must have lost his watch at the moment, _______ he
A.didn’t B.mustn’t C.hasn’t D.needn’t
2.—Dear Frank, when will our wedding be
—“Ah, when God knows!” he said, and ________ away from her, walked rapidly away.
A.turning B.turned C.urn D.to turn
3.—Let’s go shopping after school.
— ________ Call for me at any time.
A.That depends. B.Hold on, please. C.What for D.Sounds good.
4.This candidate has far more chances of winning the election than _________ recommended by the organizer.
A.that B.the one C.whom D.one
5.— Where have been all day
—We _____ some beautiful children and we couldn’t get away from them until it was dark.
A.meet B.have been met C.met D.have been meeting
6.No sooner______ arrived ______he was asked to leave again.
A.he had; than B.had he; than C.he had; when D.had he; when
7.—Have you ever been to Beijing —No, but I wish I _________.
A.have B.will C.had D.do
8.He was a man of strong feelings,________ normally lay hidden deep inside him.
A.it B.that C.which D.those
9.Everything was all right again.________ , they all went back to work.
A.Happily B.Instead C.Generally D.Besides
10.__________ you may be right, I can’t altogether agree.
A.As B.While C.If D.Since
11.So forcefully _________ that we were all convinced.
A.he did speak B.he spoke C.did he speak D.that he spoke
12.—Now that you like the garden so much, why not buy it
—Well, I can’t afford ________ garden.
A.such big a B.that big a C.a big that D.so a big
13.The house rent is high, I’ve got about half of the space I had at home and I’m going to pay ________ here.
A.as five times much B.as much four times
C.much as four times D.four times as much
14.—Hello, Will you please put me through with Room 302
—Hold on please,…Oh, the guest in Room 302 _________ two hours ago.
A.checked in B.checked out C.checked up D.checked away
15.—Shall Mary come and play computer games
—No, ________ she has finished her homework.
A.when B.if C.unless D.once
II. 完形填空
The task of being accepted and enrolled in a university begins early for some students. Long 1 they graduate from high school, these students take special 2 to prepare for advanced study. They man also take one of more examinations that test how 3 prepared they are for the university. In the final year of high school, they 4 applications and send them, with their student records, to the universities which they hope to 5 .Some high school students may be 6 to have an interview with people from the university. Neatly 7 and usually very frightened, they are 8 to show that they have a good attitude and the 9 to succeed.
When the new students are finally 10 , there may be one more step they have to 11 before registering for classes and 12 to work. Many colleges and universities 13 an instruction program for new students. 14 these programs, the young people 15 to know the procedures for registration and student advising, university rules, the 16 of the library and all the other 17 services of the college or university.
Beginning a new life in a new place can be very 18 .The more knowledge students have 19 the school, the easier 20 will be for them to adapt to the new environment. However, it takes time to get used to college life.
1. A. as B. after C. since D. before
2. A. courses B. majors C. subjects D. textbooks
3. A. deeply B. widely C. well D. much
4. A. finish B. provide C. complete D. organize
5. A. attend B. study C. belong D. become
6. A. considered B. ordered C. suggested D. required
7. A. coated B. dressed C. worn D. appeared
8. A. decided B. settled C. intended D. determined
9. A. power B. ability C. possibility D. quality
10. A. received B. accepted C. permitted D. recognized
11. A. go B. do C. take D. pass
12. A. getting B. putting C. falling D. sitting
13. A. offer B. afford C. grant D. supply
14. A. For B. Among C. In D. On
15. A. have B. get C. ought D. need
16. A. application B. usage C. use D. using
17. A. major B. key C. great D. famous
18. A. amazing B. misleading C. alarming D. puzzling
19. A. before B. about C. on D. at
20. A. they B. that C. which D. it
III. 阅读理解
A
We are all interested in equality, but while some people try to protect the school and examination system in the name of equality, others, still in the name of equality, want only to destroy it.
Any society which is interested in equality of opportunity(机会)and standards of achievement must regularly test its pupils. The standards may be changed - no examination is perfect - but to have no external( 外部的 )tests or examinations would mean the end of equality and of standards. There are groups of people who oppose this view and who do not believe either in external examinations or in any controls in schools or on teachers. This would mean that everything would depend on luck since every pupil would depend on the efficiency(实力),the ideal and the purpose of each teacher.
Without external examinations, employers will look for employees from the highly respected schools and from families known to them - a form of favoritism will replace equality. At the moment, the bright child from an ill - respected school can show certificates(证书)to prove he or she is suitable for a job, while the lack of a certificate shows the unsuitability of a dull child attending a well - respected school. This defence of excellence and opportunity would disappear if external examinations were taken away, and the bright child from a poor family would be a prisoner of his or her school's fame(名誉),unable to compete for employment with the child from the favored school.
The opponents(对手)of the examination system suggest that examinations are an evil force because they show differences between pupils. According to these people, there must be no special, different, academic class. They have even suggested that there should be no form of difference in sport or any other area: all jobs or posts should be filled by unsystematic selection. The selection would be made by people who themselves are probably selected by some computer.
These people are not just against school organization, but are at war with the whole idea of modem competitive society and they are using children in schools for their destructive(破坏性的)purposes. There is no reason why we should allow such people to determine the way our schools are organized when it is to the obvious disadvantage of the pupils, of the schools and of our society as a whole.
1. According to the passage, the writer thinks that ________.
A. changing the standards could mean the end of equality
B. standards must keep changing in order to achieve equality
C. there would be no standards without external examinations
D. we cannot have standards because examinations are not perfect
2. In the writer's opinion, what would happen if external examinations were taken away
A. There would be no more opportunities and no more excellence.
B. Children from poor families would not be able to change schools.
C. Going to a favored school should be the only way to get a good job.
D. Schools for bright children would lose their fame.
3. The situation at the moment is that ________.
A. many children who are suitable for a job have no proof of their suitability
B. a school's fame is not important, as long as a child has a certificate.
C. children attending well - respected schools need not get certificates.
D. a bright child doesn't need a certificate a t all to get a good job.
4. Which of the following sentences is TRUE
A. Most students from poor families can't get a good job.
B. Some people are using students to destroy our society.
C. The writer thinks it a good way to choose a job by computer.
D. The opponents of the examination want to reorganize schools.
5. The opponents would agree that _________.
A. computers should be selected to take over many jobs
B. particular people should not be chosen for particular jobs
C. well - respected schools should be got rid of as soon as possible
D. the students are not equally treated if they take external examinations
B?
Chinese basketball players have never been so close to the NBA before but questions remain about how they will adjust to life in the NBA if they go.?
Wang Zhizhi, the 2.16-metre center for the Bayi Rockets who was chosen by the Dallas Mavericks two years ago, has finally received permission from authorities to travel to Dallas to play for the rest of the NBA season after he finishes playing in the Chinese Basketball Association’s finals on March 25th.If he has no problems with his visa(签证),Wang will be the NBA’s first Asian player. Wang was chosen by the Mavericks in the second round of the 1999 draft but the Rockets, and army-run club, refused to let him go. After negotiations(谈判)between the Rockets and NBA representatives(代表),the decision was made to allow Wang the chance to try his hand at American basketball, but only for a period of short time. He has to be back to play in the Ninth National Games in November in Guangzhou.?
Another center who has attracted attention from the NBA is Yao Ming, the 2.25-meter star who has led to the Shanghai Sharks into the finals fight with the Rockets this year. The 20-year-old’s NBA dreams might be harder to realize. Yao is the center of the Sharks and the club’s manager Bei Genyuan has said that he would allow Yao to go only at a proper time, for a proper team and under proper conditions.?
Yao hasn’t been chosen yet and it is unlikely that he will be any time soon. People in the Shark’s front office earlier told members of the press that “it is not proper for Yao to attend the draft this year” because he has to represent Shanghai in the Ninth National Games.?
Even if Wang and Yao make it to the promised land of basketball at last, analysts on both sides of the Pacific have said the NBA road will be a long one for both of them. Besides needing to work on their upper body strength, Wang and Yao will also have to adapt(适应)to the speed, techniques and above all, culture of the NBA.
6.Yao Ming has attracted attention from NBA because .
A. he is 2.25 meters tall, who is the tallest basketball player in China
B. he is the center of the Shanghai Sharks and has led Sharks into the final fight with the Rockets
C. he is regarded as the best basketball player in China
D. he is thought highly of in the international world
7.Yao Ming can play for NBA if .
A. there is no problem with his visa B. NBA agrees to supply favorable conditions for him
C. time and conditions are proper D. NBA can pay a large sum of money for Sharks
8.The underlined phrase “try his hand” in the passage probably means .
A. 初试身手 B. 碰碰运气 C. 成为一员 D. 为其效劳
9.NBA chose Wang Zhizhi so that .
A. it can show NBA need talents B. Wang Zhizhi can have a bright future
C. its whole level will be improved D. it can make Wang Zhizhi world-famous
10.When Wang Zhizhi plays in NBA, he will have to adapt to many things of NBA except .
A. rules of basketball B. the speed. culture D. techniques
IV. 短文改错
My brother Tom was very selfish when he was a little boy.
He did not want share things with other people. For 1._____
example, when he bought a chocolate cake, he put them 2._____
in a secret place where I couldn't find. Then he 3._____
ate it all, by himself. He never helped other. 4._____
He said he is busy. That is, a game of 5._____
tennis making him very busy. He did not care 6._____
if something he did made people angry. For 7._____
instance. on one night he played strong and 8._____
loudly music till four o'clock in the morning. But 9._____
he is difference now. He often helps grandma with 10._____
housework, helps mom with cooking and helps his classmates with their lessons.
V.书面表达
最近,你校同学正在参加某报社组织的一场讨论。讨论的主题是:中国是否应大力发展家用小汽车?请你根据下表所提供的信息,客观地介绍这两种不同的意见。
60%的同学认为: 40%的同学认为:
1.应大力发展 2.促进国家经济发展 3.增加就业机会 4.提高生活质量;方便、省时 1.应有限度地发展 2.增加城市交通拥挤,交通事故 3.修路占用土地 4.空气和噪音污染
注意:1.信的开头已为你写好。2.词数:100左右
3.参考词汇:国民经济the national economy
About the discussion we’ve had about whether China should devote major efforts to developing car industry, opinions are divided on the question.
60% of the students…
参考答案A级(基础训练) 1.C 2.B 3.A 4.B 5.D 6.A 7.A 8.B 9.B 10.DB级(创新提高)I. 选出最佳选项1—5 AADBC 6—10 BCCAB 11—15 CBDBCII. 完形填空1--5. DACCA 6--10. DBDBB 11—15. CAACB 16—20. CADBDIII. 阅读理解1—5CABDD 6—10 BCACAIV. 短文改错1.在share前加to 2.them→it 3.where→which或that或去掉where 4.other→others 5.is→was 6.making→make 7.√ 8.去掉on 9.loudly→loud 10.difference→different? V. 书面表达 About the discussion we”ve had about whether China should devote major efforts to developing car industry, opinions are divided on the question.60% of the students think China should fully develop car industry. They believe this will speed up the development of the national economy. More workers will be employed. With cars the people”s life quality will be raised. They will save time and be more convenient in their life and work.On the other hand, 40% of them think China should control its car industry development. Otherwise, the city traffic will be even heavier and more fraffic accidents will take place. At the same time, more land will be used for the new roads. What is more, air and noise pollution will become more serious.
课文翻译
团队协作
我们常常被要求在小的群体中工作,为什么呢?和他人协作十分必要吗?如果你独自一个人执行一项任务感到很舒服,那怎么办呢?特别是在学校,有时让人感觉到好象我们为了团队协作而协作。然而毕业之后,你就会发现在许多领域几乎所有的工作都是由群体协作完成的。学校生活只是为后来的工作岁月作准备的。
一支队伍是一个为了完成一项任务而被组合在一起的个体群体。这项工作不可能由任个体成员独自一人高效率地完成。这个群体可能是临时的,或者长期地存在。
一种我们大家都熟悉的团队是体育运动队。运动队由一些队员组成,他们的共同目标是为赢得比赛而一齐努力。不同队员也许拥有不同技巧。虽然教练常常不算作队员,但他的角色是商讨策略,决定队伍的组合。只有当全体队员协作,运动队才能发挥良好的作用。团队整体气氛影响全队技术的发挥。队伍内部的人际关系是重要的,让所有队员成为朋友也是没有必要的。从另一方面讲,所有队员应该互相尊重。让所有队员感到他们都做出了平等的贡献,而且相互帮助和相互支持尤为重要。
运动队里每个队员能清楚,很少有队员混乱,位置不明确的情况。队员接受了角色分工,每个角色应承担的责任和所希望发挥的作用之间不会有冲突。然而,在学校我们为了完成任务组成团队时,时常意识不到这一点。
在学校分组劳动是学会团队协作的机会。分组劳动使我们明白了最适合我们每一个人的角色是什么。实际劳动同时使我们感受到与他人协作的好处。它告诉我们其他人的作用是如何统一于集体的整体意图的,它教会我们耐心,教会我们怎样去应对形形色色的人。
体育运动队也是如此。尽管队员分工明确,每个队员在最合适自己的位置上发挥恰当的作用,但是只有当队员们相互尊重、相互帮助、相互支持时,队伍才可能取得成功。但是,一个工程队需要的成员和一支橄榄球队的队员是完全不同的。
团队需要领导,需要出谋划策的人,和评审并完善计划的人。团队同样需要明鉴问题和解决问题的人。一支小团队,队员们可能会根据他们的个性特点,身兼多种角色,敢想敢干的人常常是那些给集体带来活力的人;而那些主要发表评论和听取评论的人通常关注必须遵守的程序。有些人擅长评论,而其他人善于在激烈的争论中化解冲突,维护和平,保持和谐。
规章制度有助于团队良好运转,但是我们应该提防团队里形成官僚作风。在团队里工作,我们必须考虑每个成员怎样最好地工作。一些人单独执行任务表现最佳,而另一些人在集体中表现最佳。如何分配团队的任务要视每个成员的特点和能力而定。
在一个充满活力的团队中,性格完全不同的人们合作很好。事实上,他们的个性差异就是团队的优势所在。在学校,为了尽力与同学们配合,同时认可他们的优势和弱势是很重要的,了解别人的缺点可以帮助我们避免让他们尴尬。
了解人的个性类型和能力就是多多了解这个人。在班级、工厂和家庭,缺少对人的作用差异的承认已经导致了许多误解、矛盾和精力的浪费。理解意味着我们能够构建团队队员之间稳固良好的人际关系,最佳发挥每个人的才能。
综合技能
成功的入场券
在高中的最后一年,李永红知道大学生活不属于她。她的父母不想花钱让接受其它形式的教育。但是他们为她提供资金开设了一家香烟专卖店。但是,那不是她心里所想做的。相反,她请两个朋友借给她一些钱,结果她接受了一年的专业培训,成为了一名理发师。
回顾过去,她庆贺自己所做的决定。理发培训结业不久,她在一家理发店找到了一份工作。一切都很顺利。随着一年年的逝去,她在好多地方工作过,结果改善了自己的状况,逐渐积累了越来越多的经验。她已经独立,能够很合理地支配自己的经济收入。两年前,她决定有效地利用自己的钱重返学校。这次她决定学习如何化装的实用课程。再次证明这是一个极好的选择。一个经验丰富的理发师结合如何为新娘新郎进行商业化装的知识使她门庭若市。
李永红的故事不是一个特例。高中生活是这样的时光:不仅要发现我们擅长什么,而且要搞清楚我们真正想做什么。当还在读书时,总是不容易发现我们的优势。许多人往往听父母或老师的意见,他们常常拥有一种很难实现的期望。那个年龄许多人的理想是考上大学。但是上大学真的是大多数人的理想前途吗?
众所周知,在十七八岁时,很多年轻人梦想上大学,因为他们认为大学文凭是人生通向成功和幸福的入场券。太多的人忘记了为了成功,你必须首先考察自己的天资,了解自己以便发现你真正的兴趣在哪儿。不上大学不是耻辱。
不论你多么努力尝试,朝一个不适合的职业奋斗你不会有结果。思考下面的小实验。在一张纸上写你的名字。现在用你相反的一只手,那只你不常用来写字的手,做同样的事,结果怎么样呢?这个事例说明:我们跟着正确的感觉时,我们可能真的做好一些事情。
每个人都追求同一种职业是没有用的。充满了经理和金融专业人才的世界看起来会怎样呢?我们必须充分发挥自己的特长和兴趣。遵循自己的兴趣,你保证会达到人生可能达到的最佳位置。
辨别各种人的不同天资或者“智力”,承认天资对个人作用的影响,这一点现在已经很普遍。人们拥有不同的性格类型,和这些不同性格类型相关联的是不同的学习风格。中学和大学往往服务于精神素质和智力类型最棒的人。通过尝试、实验,和亲身体验找到方法而学习的人,常常发现学校生活不适合他们的学习风格。
这些性格特征以特有的方式融合在每个人的身上,形成不同的性格类型。各种不同的性格类型是由不同的内心变化和外部各种方式作用的结果。重要的是承认各种个性类型价值是平等的。没有哪一种性格的“生存方式”比另一种好。一种性格提供了促使其它性格完善的天然礼物和变化过程,同时产生了一系列重要的感受,思维方式和性格正常发展的方式,产生了决定群体良好发展的自然感受,无论这一群体是一支团队,一个班级或者整个社会。
PAGE
11Unit 13 The mystery of the Moonstone
Wilkie Collins:
Wilkie Collins was born into an artist’s family in 1842 and died in 1889.
In his lifetime, he wrote 25 novels, more than 50 short stories, at least 15 plays, and more than 100 non-fiction pieces. Wilkie Collins was a close friend of Charles Dickens. His first novel, a historical work called Anatonia or The Fall of Rome, was published in 1850.At that time, Collins was one of the best known, best loved, and, for a time, best paid of Victorian fiction writers. Now Collins is also being given critical and popular attention. Needless to say, he was a superstar of Victorian fiction. Here are some of his works: The Frozen Deep,The Haunted Hotel, I Say No, Law and the Lady, My Lady’s Money, the New Magdalen, No Name, A Rogue’s Life, The Two Destinies, and The Woman in White. His novel The Moonstone is considered as the first detective story in the history of England.
Words and Expressions:
词型变化:
informal
formal
consider
consideration
considerate
considerable
considering
coincide
coincidence
elegant adj. (相貌或仪态)优雅;文雅的;高雅的
elegantly adv. He always dresses elegantly. 他总是穿的很讲究。
elegance n. (u) 优雅
bachelor n. 未婚男子, 获学士学位的人
master n. 主人,获硕士学位的人
doctor n. 医生,获博士学位的人
assist v. 帮助,援助 assist sb. with/in sth. assist sb. (in) doing sth.
assistance n. (u) 帮助,援助,帮忙
assistant n. (c) 助手,助理
enquire
enquiry
guilty adj.
guilt n. (u) 罪,罪行
suspicion n.
suspicious adj.
assume v.
assumption n.
cancel v.
cancellation n.
1. curse:
vi & vt. 1)诅咒某人/某物(at sth./sb.)
He cursed (at) his bad fortune.
他诅咒自己运气不好。
2) 念咒语诅咒
The witch-doctor has cursed our cattle.
巫医念了咒语想叫我家的牛遭殃。
be cursed with 受某事物之害(尤指经常);为某物所苦
be cursed with bad health/ a violent temper/ bad luck
因身体有病/脾气暴躁/命运不好而吃苦头
n. 1) (c) 咒骂语
2) (c) 祸根,祸由
Gambling is often a curse.
赌博往往是个祸根。
His wealth proved a curse to him.
他的财富到头来害了他。
cursed adj. 受到诅咒的,可恨的,讨厌的
a cursed box
a cursed job 可恨的工作
2. considerate: adj. thoughtful 考虑周到的,体贴的,常接介词to, towards或of
a considerate person 体贴别人的人
He was considerate to everyone. 他能体谅每一个人。
it is considerate of you not to play the piano while I was asleep.
在我睡觉时你不弹钢琴真是体贴入微。
拓展:
consider: v.
1). 考虑,细想 consider sth./doing sth.
I am considering changing my job.
我在考虑换工作
2). 认为,视…为
We consider this (to be) very important.
我们认为这非常重要。
He’s generally considered to have the finest tenor voice in the country.
现在公认他是该国最佳的男高音歌手。
We consider that you are not to blame.
我们认为不该责备你。
He is well considered in the company.
他在公司中受到很高的评价。
习语:
all things considered 考虑到问题,情况的各个方面
All things considered, we’re doing quite well.
从各方面的情况看, 我们目前干的挺好。
consideration n.
take…into consideration (account) 考虑到,顾及
in consideration of 考虑到,由于;作为对…的酬报
a small payment in consideration of their services.
作为答谢他们帮忙的一点儿报酬。
considerable adj. 相当大的,相当多的
He bought the vase at a considerable expense.
这个花瓶花了他相当多的钱。
considering prep.&conj. 考虑到,就…而言
She’s very active, considering her age.
就她的年龄而言,她是够活跃的
Considering he’s only just started, he knows quite a lot about it.
考虑到他只是刚刚开始,他对此的了解已经不少了
3. coincidence n.(u/c) (在时间或空间上)巧合;巧事
The plot of the novel relies too much on coincidence to be realistic.
这部小说的情节多靠巧合安排而无真实感。
By a strange coincidence we happened to be traveling on the same train.
巧得出奇,我们正好坐同一列火车。
coincide vi. ~ with sth (指事情)同时发生
Her arrival coincided with our departure.
她来到时我们正好离开。
coincident adj. 巧合的
coincidental adj. 由巧合造成的
coincidentally adv.
4. enquiry n.(Am.E) (C) 问询,查询 (=inquiry Br.E)
enquiry about/concerning sb./sth. 询问,查询
enquiry into sth. 正式调查某事
I’v been making some enquiries about it.
我一直在打听这件事。
call for a public enquiry into safety standards.
要求公开调查安全情况
enquire v. (also inquire)
enquire sth. of sb. 打听某人某事
enquire of sb. about sth. 打听某人某事
enquire after sb. 问候某人
enquire into 调查,探究
She enquired of me politely whether I wished to continue.
她有礼貌地问我是否想继续下去。
People called to enquire after the baby.
大家打电话来打听婴儿的情况。
We must enquire further into the matter.
我们必须进一步调查此事。
Exercise:
If you want to know the train schedule, please ______ at the booking office.
A. acquire B. inquire C. request D. require key: B
5. convince: vt. 使信服,说明
be convinced of
be convinced that
convince sb. of sth.
convince sb. that
convince sb. to do
He was convinced of his error.
他认识到了自己的错误。
I am more convinced than ever that this is the right approach to the problem.
我现在更加相信这是解决这个问题的正确方法。
It is difficult to convince him of his son’s guilt.
很难使他相信他儿子有罪。
The newspaper article has convinced me that cancer is associated with certain bad habits in daily life.
报上的文章使我深信癌症与日常生活中的某些坏习惯有关。
convincing adj. 令人信服的
a convincing speech 有说服力的讲话
a convincing argument 言之成理的论据
convinced adj.(作定语) 坚定不移的,有坚定信仰的
a convinced Christian 虔诚的基督徒
6. assume: vt.
1) 猜想,估计,假设
assume sth.
assume sb./sth. to be
assume that
You can assume his innocence before hearing the evidence against him.
在听到他犯罪的证据之前,你可以假定他是无罪的。
I assumed it to be the best possible translation.
我估计这可能是最好的译法了。
He assumed that the train would be on time.
他估计火车会准时到达。
2)担任,承担
The Prime Minister assumed office on May 29.
首相于五月二十九日任职。
We assume no responsibility for the goods damaged on the way.
我们对途中损坏的货物不承担责任。
3)假装,后接名词
She assumed an air of indifference.
她装出一副漠不关心的样子。
4)呈现,显出
Such disease assumes many forms.
这种病的表现形式是多种多样的。
The problem has assumed a new form.
这问题以新的形式出现了。
5)采取,采用
That man has assumed a new name.
那人已换用了一个新名字。
He assumed the royal title in 1880.
1880年他开始称王。
assumption n. (c) 假设, 假定
Exercise:
When college students _____ future employment, they often think of status, income and prestige.
A. anticipate B. apply C. assume D. demand
key: C 当大学生设想未来的职业时,他们常常想到的是地位,收入和名望。
7. cancel: vt.
1)取消,废除 (-ll-; US –l-)
cancel an agreement取消协议
She cancelled her trip to New York as she felt ill.
她觉得身体不适,故取消了纽约之行。
2)删除,划去,抹去
please cancel the last sentence.
请把最后一句删掉。
cancel (sth) out 抵消,对消
Her kindness and generosity cancel out her occasional flashes of temper.
她为人厚道,慷慨大方,倒也弥补了她偶尔发点小脾气。
cancellation n. (u) 取消,撤消
(c.) 取消,作废的事物
Her cancellation of her trip to Paris upset our plan.
她取消了巴黎之行打乱了我们的计划。
Are there any cancellations for this evening’s performances
今晚演出的节目有取消的吗?
8. commit: vt.
1) 犯,做(不合法的,错或愚蠢的事)
commit suicide /a crime,自杀,犯罪
2)commit sb. (oneself) to sth./ doing sth.
Signing this form commits you buying the goods.
你签此表格后就一定要买这批货。
3)commit sb./sth. to sth. 将某人(事)交给某处保留(处理)
commit a patient to a mental hospital
把病人送进精神病院
4)commit oneself on 公开表明自己的意见(因而难以更改)
I asked her what she thought, but she refused to commit herself on it.
我问她是怎么想的,但她拒绝对此表示意见。
Exercise:
A violent crime was _____ every 32 seconds in this area of the city last year.
A. commited B. found C. sentenced D. made key: A
commitment n.
make a commitment
9. offend vt.
1) 触怒,冒犯,伤…的感情,此时常用语被动语态
She was offended at/by his remarks.
他的那些话把他把她给激怒了。
2)使…不快,恼怒,使…不适
sounds that offend the ear 刺耳的声音
an ugly building that offends the eye
一座难看的建筑
vi. ~ against sb./sth. 触犯,冒犯或得罪某人;触犯,侵犯或违反某事物
offend against humanity违反人性
His conduct offended against the rules of decent behaviour.
他的行为已经离格了。
offence n.
offensive adj.
Reading and Integrating Skills
Reading:
1. What do you already know about the story The Moonstone
2. How many main characters in the novel Who are they
Characters:
Rachel Verinder : a beautiful and wealthy young woman, who lives with her mother and several servants in a fine house in England.
Godfrey: a successful bachelor with many lady admirers, who asks Rachel to marry him .
Franklin Blake: Rachel’s childhood friend.
Dr. Candy: a local doctor who has a quarrel with Franklin about a prescription.
The Indians They follow the Moonstone around the world wait for an opportunity to take it back .
Rosanna: Rachel’s maid who seems fond of Franklin.
Sergeant Cuff: a policeman.
Analyse the structure of the passage:
Part 1 ---- Paragraph 1 : How Rachel gets the Moonstone as her present.
Part 2 ---- Paragraph 2: Rachel’s happy life before her eighteenth birthday party.
Part 3 ---- Para 3-4: What happens at the party.
Part 4 ---- Para 5: the Moonstone is missing and Sergeant Cuff is asked to investigate the case.
Part 5 ---- Para 6-9: how Sergeant Cuff analyse the case
Part 6 ---- Para.10 the last paragraph: Sergeant Cuff finds a vital clue of the theft ---- a smear in the wet paint on the door.
Careful reading
1.Who gave Rachel the Moonstone Why did he give it to her Where did her uncle get the Moonstone
Rachel’s uncle gave her the Moonstone .He wanted to pass on his bad fortune to her in an act of revenge .He stole the diamond from the temple in India.
2.What happened to the diamond after the birthday party
It was gone .
Decide true or false:
1.The man who stole the Moonstone left it to his sister’s daughter because he loved her very much. F
2.Godfrey was under suspicious for stealing the diamond because Rachel refused his marriage . 3.Sergeant Cuff has one vital clue_ the stained garment . F
4.Franklin’s being love with Rachel made Dr Candy angry for Dr Candy loved her deeply. F
5.Rosanna may have taken the diamond to please Franklin who had heavy debts. F
Choose the best answers
1.Why did the man who stole the Moonstone give it to his sister’s daughter C
A. Because he wanted to help her
B. Because he had no other relatives
C. Because he wanted to pass on his bad fortune to her
D. The text didn’t tell us
2. Why did Franklin quit smoking B
A. Because smoking damaged his health
B. Because Rachel asked him to
C. Because he wanted to please Rachel
D. The servants asked him to
3. Why did Godfrey ask Rachel to marry him A
A. Because he wanted to get the Moonstone because of his heavy debt
B. Because he loved her
C. Because he didn’t wish Rachel to marry Franklin
D. Because he wanted to destroy her family
4. The word “ vital ” is closest in meaning to ______ . B
A. deadly B. important C. curious D. clear
5. Why didn’t Rachel answer the detective’s question A
A. Because she loved him and she wanted to protect him
B. Because she didn’t see him move the Moonstone
C. She was afraid of being killed by Franklin
D. Because she hated Franklin
6. Who moved the Moonstone at night B
A. Dr. Candy B. Franklin C. Godfrey D. Rachel’s mother
7. You can find out the topic of the text simply from ______ . A
A. the title B. the first paragraph
C. the second paragraph D. the last paragraph
8. When did the real story of the Moonstone take place B
A. In the 1890s B. In the 1790s C. In the 1840s D. In the 1800s
9. In your opinion , who might kill Godfrey D
A. Franklin B. Dr. Candy C. Rachel D. The Indians
10. How many people saw Franklin move the Moonstone to his bedroom A
A. 2 B. 3 C. 4 D. No one
Integrating Skills Solving the mystery of the moonstone
Step 1 Lead-in
In reading part, sergeant cuff had several suspects and it was difficult for him to make certain who was the theft. For the sake of the clue mentioned by cuff, can you guess the real theft
Scan the passage and make out how the story develops:
Part 1---- Paras 1-2: how puzzled Sergeant Cuff was at the case before he knew the truth.
Part 2---- Paras3-7: the things that happened after the diamond had been stolen.
Part 3----Paras 8-9: the result of the case: Sergeant Cuff discovered the thief.
Part 4----: the feeling and thoughts Sergeant Cuff has about the case.
Language points:
1. The novel The Moonstone is set in England in 1848, but the story really began 50 years earlier.《月亮宝石》这部小说是以1848年的英国为背景的,但是故事真正的开始是在此之前50年。
set: 设置(书本,戏剧,电影等的)背景
The book is set in France in the eighteenth century.
这部书是以18世纪的法国为背景的。
set还可以表示
1) 放,安放( to put)
He set his hand on my shoulder.
他把手放在我的肩上。
2) 布置,安排(to put into order for use)
Please set the table for dinner.
请摆好餐桌准备就餐。
3) 制定,确定(to fix or determine a rule, time, etc.)
Have you set the time for the meeting
你们把开会的时间定下来了吗?
4)(太阳等的)下落(to go down)
The sun rises in the east and sets in the west.
太阳从东方升起在西方落下。
5) 镶嵌于(to fix…into)
He set a diamond in a ring.
他把一块宝石镶嵌在戒指上。
2. When he died he left the Moonstone to his sister’s daughter, Rachel, in an act of revenge, passing on his bad fortune to her. 当他去世时,他把月亮宝石留给他姐姐的女儿雷切尔。他是想作为报复,把不幸传给她。
an act of revenge 报复行为,这里act是名词,意为行为,动作,举动,act前面可以带形容词,或后接of短语
另外,act做名词时与action的用法区别:
1) 当action作可数名词时,常与act同义
a kind act/action 仁慈的行为
2)固定搭配
an act of war 战争行为
an act of cruelty 残忍的行为
an act of mercy 仁慈的行为
take action 采取行动
act也常作为动词使用:
Thinking before acting.
三思而后行。
The medicine was taken for a long time, but it failed to act.
药已经服了很长时间,但还未见效。
Revenge 是名词,意思为复仇,报仇,报复
Hamlet wanted revenge for his father’s murder.
Hamlet要报杀父之仇。
in/out of revenge for 表示为了报复…
take/get/ have revenge on 向…报复
We bombed their cities in revenge for attacks on us.
作为对他们攻击我们的报复,我们轰炸了他们的城市。
He took revenge on his employers by setting fire to the factory.
为了向雇主报复,他放火把工厂烧了。
Pass on … to … 把…传给…
Read the notice and pass it on to the other students.
看一看通知,然后传给其他学生
pass 和pass on (…to )的区别:
pass和pass on 均表示传递,传给,pass 表示直接传给,而pass on 表示传递信息,或转手传给
Would you please pass me the book
请把书本递给我好吗?
Thank you all the same. They have passed the information on to me.
他们已经把信息传递给我了,但我还是要谢谢你。
3. His move to quit smoking cigars to please her is seen by the servants as evidence that he is in love in with Rachel.
为了取得雷切尔的好感,他主动提出戒烟。这一点佣人们看作是富兰克林爱上雷切尔的证明。
move: n.
1)行动,步骤,措施
It’s wise move to start his own company.
自己开公司是他明智的举动。
2) 搬家,迁居,调往
They’re now living in the city; their next move will be to a house in the country.
他们现在住在城里,下一步要搬进乡下的房子。
What does his move to the chairmanship mean
他升职当主席了,这意味着什么?
4. At the end of the party everyone leaves except for Franklin and Godfry.
宴会结束时,除了富兰客林和戈德弗雷留下过夜外,其余的人都走了。
1) 这里except for=except
You can all go except (for ) George.
除了乔治,你们大家都可以走了。
2)在传统语法中,except 和except for用法有区别
We come to school every day except Sunday.
除了星期天,我们天天上学。(句中Sunday与every day 为相称的同类语)
The purse was empty except for some coins.
钱包中只有几个硬币。(句中coins 和purse 为不相称的非同类语)
3) 位于句首时,必须要用except for
Except for this, everything is in order.
除此之外,一切都很正常。
Except for two years during the war, she lived in Shanghai.
她一直住在上海,除了战争期间有两年没有在上海。
5. Rachel is stubborn in resisting his enquiries about the Moonstone to the degree that she makes it seem as if she does not want the mystery to be solved.
Rachel执意不让警察询问关于月亮宝石的事情,她如此固执以至使人认为她似乎不想解开这个迷团。
resist v.
resist sth./doing sth
He told us to get ready to resist the enemy attack.
他让我们做好准备,抵制敌人的进攻。
He can’t resist the temptation of chocolate.
他不能抵制巧克力的诱惑。
He found it hard to resist buying these books.
他觉得要克制购买这些书的欲望是很困难的。
to…degree: 达到…程度
He was interested in his work to such a degree that he thought about nothing else.
他对工作是如此感兴趣,以至于从不想别的事情。
Chinese fans love Yao Ming to the degree that they will try to watch any match that Yao Ming competes in.
中国球迷很喜欢姚明,以至于只要有姚明参赛他们都想方设法观看。
6.As the story develops, we discover some secrets about the people at the house that night, and the reasons why they might have stolen the diamond.
随着故事的发展,我们发现了那些人的一些秘密,以及他们可能盗窃宝石的原因。
As: 随着:
As time went by, he began to realize that he should have studied hard.
随着时间的推移,他开始意识到他本应该好好学习的。
As 的连词的用法:
1) 象…一样
He doesn’t like skating as much as he used to.
他不象以前那么喜欢滑冰了。
2) 照…方式
I have told the story just as it happened.
我已如实讲了这件事。
3) 因为,既然
As you object, I’ll reconsider the plan.
既然你反对,我就重新考虑一下这个计划。
4) 虽然
Much as I like the book, I can’t afford to buy it.
尽管我很喜欢这本书,可我买不起。(副词做状语的倒装)
Old as I am, I can still fight.
我虽老,但仍能战斗。(形容词做表语的倒装)
Child as he is, he knows a lot.
尽管他是个孩子,但懂得不少事情。(单数名词做表语的倒装,其前不用定冠词)
Youngest as she is in our class, she speaks English best.
虽然她是我们班上年龄最小的,但英语说得最好。(形容词最高级做表语的倒装,其前不用定冠词)
Try as he might, he couldn’t solve the problem.
尽管他设法这么做,却不能解决这个问题。(动词做谓语时的倒装)
7. I began to wonder whether I had been mistaken about Rachel and Rosanna.
我开始想我是不是误解了Rachel和Rosanna
be mistaken about 弄错,误会,主要是表示人在意见,观点,理解方面的误解
I see I was mistaken about you.
我知道我误会你了。
be mistaken in 表示看错了某人性格的某些方面或其品质,也可用来表示错误的信念,陈述,事实等
I always took him for an honest man, but it appears that I was mistaken in him.
我总把他当老实人,但看来我看错了人。
8.Franklin Blake, meanwhile, received a letter from Rosanna saying that she knew what he had done on the night the Moonstone disappeared.
与此同时,Franklin Blake收到了Rosanna一封信,信中说她知道月亮宝石失踪那天晚上Blake干过什么事。
句中在night后的the Moonstone…是省略关系副词when的定语从句。在表示时间的名词后的关系副词when常被省略。
By the time (when ) he was five, he was able to recite many poems.
到他五岁时,他已经能背诵很多诗。
Help never stopped coming from the day (when) she fell ill.
从她生病的那天起,就一直有人来帮忙。
拓展:
1) 在先行词way后的关系词how或in which 常被省略
The way you look at problems is wrong.
你看问题的方法不对。
2) 在先行词reason后面的关系副词why间或可以省略
That’s the reason (why) I did it.
这就是我这样做的原因。
3) 在先行词place后面的关系副词where间或可以省略。
This is the place (where) we met yesterday.
这是我们昨天碰头的地方
meanwhile: adv. 同时,期间;另一方面
I finished the job on August 28th, but meanwhile a very interesting event took place.
我是在八月二十八日完成这项工作的,与此同时,一件有趣的事情发生了。
The income of men went up, meanwhile, part-time women workers saw their earnings fall.
男人们的收入在提高,而女临时工的收入在减少。
9. She admitted that she had hidden the evidence because she loved him and wanted keep him out of trouble.
她承认她把证据藏了起来,因为她爱他,因而想使他免除麻烦。
keep…out of… (使)置身于…之外
He learnt early in life that it was best to keep out of other people’s quarrels.
他很小就懂得最好置身于他人的争吵之外。
Keep out of what doesn’t concern you.
不关你的事不要插手。
10. Desperate for money, he tried to persuade Rachel to marry him.
由于急需钱用,所以他竭力说服Rachel嫁给他。
desperate adj.
1)非常需要的,非常渴望的be ~for/to do
He was desperate for money to save his little daughter.
为了救他的小女儿他急需钱。
He was desperate to see the manager and tell him what he had seen.
他极想见到经理,告诉他所见到的。
2)不顾一切的,极严重的
The prisoners became desperate in their attempts to escape.
囚犯们会不顾一切地想逃跑。
PAGE
1Unit14 Zoology (by Ivan Fang)
I. Teaching aims:
1. Vocabulary revision 2.Grammar revision
Teaching main-points: Vocabulary and grammar revision in the process of the integration between the teacher and the ss
Teaching Crux: 1) SS’ explanation about the vocabulary and grammar
2) Teacher’s further explanation and supplement
II. Teaching materials & focuses:
A. Warming up
1. Match the words above with the humorous definitions below.
match vt./vi. 与。。。相配,与。。。相同,将。。。配对
The doors were painted blue to match the walls. 门漆成了兰色,为的是与墙的颜色相配。
None of these glasses match. 这些杯子没有能配对儿的。
As a couple they are not very well matched作为夫妻他们并不十分般配。
The teams were evenly matched. 各队水平旗鼓相当。
n. 火柴,比赛,敌手,旗鼓相当的人,般配的人或物,相同的东西
I was no match for him at tennis. 打网球我不是他的对手。
I was his match at tennis. 打网球我跟他旗鼓相当。
The curtains and carpet are a good match. 窗帘和地毯非常相配。
Jo and Ian are a perfect match for each other. 乔和伊恩真是天造地设的一对儿。
2. 区别 match, suit , fit
Match 多指大小,颜色,形状,性质等方面搭配。
Suit 多指合乎需要,口味,性格,条件,地位等。
Fit 多指大小,形状合适。
如:The People’s Great Wall and Historical Museum match the Tian’anmen beautifully
No dish suits all tastes. 没有人人都合口味的菜。
The new coats fits me well. 这件新衣服我穿着大小正合适。
3. take turns doing 轮流做某事
take turns (in sth / to do sth) 依次。轮流
The male and female birds take turns in sitting on the eggs. 雄鸟和雌鸟轮流伏窝。
We take it in turns to do the housework. 我们轮流做家务。
in turn 依次,轮流,相应地,转而
The children called out their names in turn. 孩子们依次报出自己的名字。
Increased production will, in turn, lead to increased profits.增加生产会继而增加利润。
By turns adv. 轮流, 交替
B. Reading
1. Among the different kinds of bee, it is the honey-bee that has interested scientists
most because of the “language ” they use to communicate with each other.
强调句的一些练习:
(1) 以一般疑问句出现
Was ___ that I saw last night at the concert
A if you B not you C you D that yourself
答案是A.
(2) 以特殊疑问句形式出现
____ is it ____ has made Peter ___ he is today
A What; that; that B That; that ; what C What; what; that D What; that ; what
答案是D.
(3) 以名词性从句形式出现
I’ve already forgotten ____ you put the dictionary.
A that it was there B where was it that C that where it was D where it was that
答案是D.
(4) 与定语从句相结合
It was in the lab ____ was taken charge of by Professor Harris _________ they did the experiment.
A which ; that B that; what C whom; that D which; where
答案是A.
(5) 与not ..until 句型结合
It was not until it got dark that I left.
另外,注意与有it 的定语从句相区别:
It was midnight when he came back.
It was at midnight that he came back.
2. He built a transparent wall through which he could observe what went on inside.
Go on 的用法:
vi. 向前进行
We were all tired, so we couldn’t go on.我们都精疲力尽,无法前进。
继续 (go on doing sth, go on with sth go on to do )
I couldn’t finish my homework so I have to go on with it.
He went on working without taking a rest.
Time is limited, so let’s go on to the next subject.
时间有限,我们进入下一个主题吧。
(事件等)发生
It sounds as if there is a fight going on upstairs. 楼上好象有人打架。
(时间) 经过,过去
As the days went on it grew colder. 日子一天天过去, 天气越来越冷。
3. observe vt. 观察, 观测, 遵守, (搭配:observe sb do/doing sth)
observe the speed limit; 遵守速度限制;
observe a child\'s behavior. 观察一个孩子的行为
One must observe the rules. 我们(任何人)必须遵守规则。
4. In order to tell the bees apart, he painted some bees with little dots of color.
Tell apart 识别,辨别
The twins are so much alike that we can hardly tell them apart.
这对双胞胎太象了,我们几乎分不出来谁是谁。
5. perform vt. 履行, 执行, 表演, 演出
perform one\'s duties 尽责任
perform a play 演一出戏
The doctor performed the operation. 医生进行手术。
You should always perform what you promise. 你应永远履行你的诺言。
6. They trooped behind the first dancer, copying its movements.
Troop 用法n. [常用复]军队, 部队 一群; 大量; 许多;
a troop of students on a field trip; 一群郊游的学生;
the enemy troops have been driven out of the country. 敌军被赶出了国土。
vi. 一组成群结队地走, 排队前进 (along, in, out, to)
They trooped away to the football game. 他们成群地去看足球。
The students trooped into the auditorium. 学生们列队走入大礼堂。
7. They discovered that the farther away the feeding station was, the slower the dance was.
The +形容词/副词比较级。。。, the +形容词/副词比较级, 意思是越。。。就越
The higher we stand, the farther we see. 站得越高,看得越远。
The sooner you do it, the better it will be. 越早越好。
8. So another astonishing fact came to light. 于是又发现了另外一个令人惊讶的的情况。
Come to light 被人知道(发现)
New facts about ancient Egypt have recently come to light.
最近有一些关于古代埃及的事实被发现了。
9. beeline 直线 (搭配:make a beeline for )
The late boy made a beeline for his classroom. 迟到的男孩抄捷径跑去上课。
10. 高考中考查比较级的重要句型
考点说明:比较级有许多热点句型:from bad to worse/worse and worse(每况愈下);more and more (越来越多的,越来越……);the +比较级,the+比较级(越……越……); to make the matter worse/what\'s worse/worse than all/worse than ever (更糟糕的是)等。
典型题例:
1.________the temperature, ________ water turns into steam.
A. The high; the fast B. Higher; faster
C. The more higher; the faster D. The higher; the faster
析:分析语境逻辑可知,两空白处表示\"越……,越……\"。
2. In recent years travel companies have succeeded in selling us the idea that the further we go, ________. (NMET2001上海)
A. our holiday will be better B. our holiday will be the better
C. the better our holiday will be D. the better will our holiday be
析:该句后半句表示我们走得越远,假期过得越好。
3. As far as I am concerned, education is about learning and the more you learn,________. (NMET2002上海)
A. the more for life are you equipped B. the more equipped for life you are
C. the more life you are equipped for D. you are equipped the more for life
析:该句后半句表示你学得越多,对生活越适应。
方法揭秘:分析语境含义和句子结构看是否符合\"the+比较级,the+比较级\"句型的需要。 11. adequate adj. 适当的, 足够的
We took adequate food for the holiday. 我们为假期带足食品。
The supply is not adequate to the demand. 供不应求。
the issue of how to provide adequate child care. 如何提供适当的儿童护理的难题
To be healthy one must have an adequate diet. 一个人想要健康,必须有足够的规定饮食。
12. clarify vt. 澄清 ,阐明
clarify matters 澄清真相
clarify one\'s position 澄清某人的立场
clarify butter. 使奶油纯净
clarify the mind. 理清想法
Even the professor couldn\'t clarify the knotty point. 甚至教授也无法解决这个棘手问题。
C. Integrating skills
1. notably adv. 显著地, 特别地
Many members are notably absent from the meeting. 学多会员很明显未出席会议。
Many members were absent, notably the vice-chairman. 许多会员缺席,尤其是副主席。
2. it ;that; one 做替代词的用法
1)it 代替的是前面提到的同一事物。所代的名词可以是可数名词,也可以是不可数名词。
如: he cast his net for the first time, and drew in the body of an animal.
他撒第一网的时候打上来的是一头动物的尸体。
Hibernations is more than sleep. It is a very deep sleep.
冬眠不同于睡觉,它是一种更深沉的睡眠。
2)one 或ones 代替前面提到同名事物中任何一个。 其前面可以有冠词。 还可以被this, that, 或形容词修饰,后面可以有定语。
The population problem may be the greatest one of the world today.
人口问题可能是世界最大问题。
Which jacket is yours The white one.
3) that 代替前面提到的名词中特指的事物,可以指代可数名词或不可数名词。
The doctor in our school is younger than that in their school.
The weather of this week is worse than that of last week.
The quality of iron produced in your factory is better than that in their factory.
4) 如果前面提到的名词是复数名词,则用they , them. Ones, those 代替。
What’s in these cups ---There is some tea in them.
He thought it over carefully and concluded that heavy objects always fell faster than light one.
Those weren’t the right men, professor.
5) it 和that可以代替前面整个句子。而one 不能。
---We’ll try our best to catch them. ---It’s not necessary, sir.
Dr Brown said they had talked about my invention. But that was not possible.
6) 间或it 可以先出现, 用来代替后面分句中的某一名词或整个分句的意思, 而 one that 不能。
3. upright adj. 垂直的, 竖式的, 正直的, 诚实的, 合乎正道的
an upright man 正直的人
walk upright. 双脚直立行走
an upright column. 竖直的柱子。
Put the bottle upright, not on its side. 把瓶子放直,不要歪着放。
4. While 用法
while 表示让步,通常位于句首,意思是“尽管;虽然”。又如:
While I agree with your reasons, I can’t allow it. 尽管我同意你的理由,但我不允许你这样做。
While he loves his students, he is very strict with them.
虽然他爱他的学生,可是他对学生们很严格。
While 其他用法归纳如下:
1)引导时间状语从句,意思是“当。。。的时候,和。。。同时”。从句中谓语通常是延续性动词。
如:Mary watched TV while she ate her supper. 玛丽边吃饭边看电视。
While she was listening to the radio, she fell asleep. 她听着收音机睡着了。
2)表示对比或转折,意思是“而,然而”。此时,while 一般谓语句中。 如:
Some people waste food while others haven’t enough. 有人浪费粮食,而有人却吃不饱。
高考相关:
I do every single bit of housework ____ my husband Bob just does the dishes now and then.
A since B while C when D as
答案是B.
5. except , except for, except that, except when
All came except Jane.
except for 例句:
He is a good man except for hot temper.
And now it\'s almost finished, except for one last job.
Except for Governmental action, there will be no increase in the cost of your holiday.
except that例句
You\'d have thought they were best friends or something, except that girls don\'t have proper friends the way boys do.
I\'m of medium height, fairly well-built except that my breasts are rather small.
except when例句
There is a very real danger that Venetian churches will be forced to close to the public except when services are being conducted.
But I\'ve never been able to write except when I was stone cold sober.
6. conduct vt. 进行 引导, 带领, 牵引 指挥 导(电) 表现 处理, 经营, 实施
conduct both domestic and foreign affairs 搞国内外事务
conduct an experiment 做实验
conduct a survey 进行侦察
conduct an opera 指挥乐曲
conduct oneself in a most gracious manner 表现得极为温文尔雅
conduct one\'s private affairs 处理私事
Curator conducted the visitors round the museum. 馆长领着游客们在博物馆中参观。
Copper conducts electricity better than other materials. 铜导电比其它材料好。
He conducts himself well. 他行为端正。Unit 13 The mystery of the Moonstone
整体感知
单元要点
Word study 1.comfort 2.reception 3.considerate 4.cigar 5.astonish 6.comcidence7.splendid 8.tension 9.elegant10.bachelor 11.prescription12.drawer 13.theft 14.entertainer15.religious 16.stubborn 17. enquiry 18.assistance 19.vital20.guilty 21.stain 22.banquet23.convince 24.assume 25.cancel26.meanwhile 27.remark 28.innocent29.pretend mit31.straightforward 32.roundabout 1.安慰 2.接待 3.考虑周到4.雪茄烟 5.使惊讶6.巧合的事7.壮丽的8.紧张9.优雅的10.未婚男子11.处方12.抽屉13.偷14.艺人15.宗教的16.顽固的17.查询18.帮助19.极重要的20.犯罪的21.玷污22.宴会 23.说服24.假定25.取消26.同时27.评论28.无罪的29.假装30.犯错31.直接的32.拐弯抹角的
Usefulexpressions 1.turn…down2.be set in 3.on the reception for4.as revenge for5.at the time at times6.turn out 7.be engaged to do 8.keep sb. Out of trouble 关小(声音等);拒绝2.以…为背景3. 在宴会…上4. 对…报复5. 过去,从前 有时6. 证明是7. 约定做…8. 保护某人不受麻烦
SentencePatterns &CommunicativeEnglish 提忠告:-I think you'd better do…Why not do… -Why don't you do… -Perhaps you should do…-I suggest…/-I advise you to do…-How about… -Would you like/love… -I don't think it's a good idea to do…
Grammar 强调句用法:It is / was + 被强调的部分 + that ( who, which ) + 句子的其他部分 do / does / did + 动词原形 What … is / was …句式强调句
Topics &Writing Writing a normal letter:A normal letter should be short and clear. You should use simple language and get straight to the point. In the first paragraph briefly state the main point of the letter. The following paragraph(s) should give some details, and then restate the purpose of the letter in the final paragraph.
背景知识
Wilkie Collins
Wilkie Collins (January 8, 1824 - September 23, 1889) was an English novelist, credited with writing the first mystery.
Wilkie (William) Collins was born in London. His father (also called William) was a landscape painter(风景画家), but it seems his father had ambitions for his son outside the arts. Wilkie was first found a place in the tea trade, but displayed no aptitude(才能) for commerce(商务). He then studied law at Lincoln's Inn; he was admitted to the bar in 1851 but didn't prosper there either. It was only when he started writing that he seemed to find his vocation.
His first published work was written in memory of his father, who died in 1847. Memoirs of the Life of William Collins, Esq., R.A|. was published in 1848. His first novel was Antonina (1850), a historical romance with Basil in 1852. He found his true field, however, in the novel of modern life, in which his power lies chiefly in the construction of a skilful plot, which holds the attention of the reader and baffles his curiosity to the last. In Count Fosco, however, he has contributed an original character to English fiction.
In April 1852 Wilkie wrote a piece for Charles Dickens' weekly, Household Words. This marked the start of a professional relationship which was to last for ten years, and which left both men better writers for their acquaintance.
Wilkie was immensely popular in his time, and wrote 25 novels, over 50 short stories, 15 plays, and over 100 other, non-fiction, pieces of work. His most successful works were The Woman in White, No Name (1862), Armadale, and The Moonstone. He was one of the first writers of mystery fiction, and has been much imitated over the years. For example, you might recognise the basic premise of the Moonstone - a cursed jewel that was originally stolen from an idol's eye - in several contemporary films and novels. He also wrote After Dark (1856), The Dead Secret (1857), I say No (1884), and collaborated with Dickens in No Thoroughfare .
Wilkie Collins died in London in 1889 and was buried there in the Kensal Green Cemetery.
细说教材
Warming up
Put the pictures in the order you think they appear in the story.将图片按其在小说中的出现顺序排列。
【点拨】 in the order “按…顺序排列”。 “order”的具体用法如下:
1.order 用做名词,意为“次序”“命令”“订购(物)”等,主要熟记下列短语用法:
in (good)order (井然)有序的
out of order 杂乱无章的;(机器等)出毛病的,不工作的
in order to do/ in order that 为了…
keep order 维持秩序
in short order = 立刻,马上
under the order of 受…指挥
place an order of sth. with somebody /at some place 同…订购…
2. order 动词,意为“命令”“订购”“点菜”等
e.g. The doctor ordered him to stay in bed for a couple of days.大夫嘱咐他卧床一两天。
The manager ordered that the gate (should) be locked. 经理嘱咐大门要锁好。
You can order tickets by telephone.可以电话订票。
He ordered a cup of coffee.他要了一杯咖啡。
注意:作为“命令”的意思,后面连接宾语从句,从句中使用虚拟语气should +do 其中should也可以省略(见上面第二个例句)。
Listening
You will hear some dialogues that take place during her party. 你将会听到在她生日舞会上发生的一些对白。
【点拨】1. take place 作“发生”解时词义与happen大致相同,但它更多用于事先计划或预想到的事情,没有“偶然”的含义。
e.g. Great changes have taken place in the last two years in China.
2. happen 作“发生”解是普通用词,词义较广泛,用于客观事物或情况的发生或出现,可用于有明显起因或偶然发生的事物或出乎意料的事物。
e.g. It happened in the evening as people were traveling home.
3. come about意思是“发生”,“造成”强调事物发生和形成的成因。
e.g. How did this accident come about
这个事故是怎么发生的?
4.break out “(战争,灾难等)发生”
e.g. World War II broke out in 1939.
二战发生在1939年。
【点拨】注意要区别“take place”与“take the place”的用法,“take the place”是“取代,代替”的意思,有 “take the place of” “take one’s place” 两种表达.
e.g. Mr. Black was ill. So I took his place to attend the meeting.
在英语中类似这样有无冠词the,意义不同的情况比较多,要求学生们引起重视,例如:
at table 就餐 at the table 在桌子边
in hospital 住院 in the hospital 在医院里
in prison 坐牢 in the prison 在监狱里
go to bed 去睡觉 go the to bed 向床边走去
go to church 做礼拜 go to the church 到教堂去
Speaking
How did Godfrey feel when Rachel turned him down? 当Rachel拒绝Godfrey(的求婚)时,他是怎么想的?
【点拨】 turn … down 是“拒绝…(的计划,提议等)”和“把…关小”的意思
e.g. My suggestion was turned down .
我的建议被推翻了。
Too noisy , could you turn the radio down .
太吵了,把收音机关小点,好吗?
要求学生们能够熟记和运用下列“turn”的短语
turn away 拿走,移开… turn back 返回,折回头
turn in 上交 turn on 打开
turn off 关闭 turn out 结果是…
turn sb. over 移交 turn to sb. 求助于…
Turn up 到达,把…..开大点
How do the characters in the story react 故事中的人物做出什么反应?
【点拨】 react 意思为“做出反应”。
e.g. How did he react when you told him about it
你告诉他,他反应如何?
react against “反抗”
e.g. He reacted his father’s influence by running away.
他以逃跑的方式来反抗父亲的影响力。
How did Rachel feel about losing her diamond Rachel对丢失宝石有什么看法?
【点拨】How do you feel…
=How do you like…
=How do you find…
=What do you think of…
都是用来询问对方对某事的看法或观点,意思是“你认为……怎么样”?这里应该注意how/what与动词的搭配,不要用错了。
Reading
The novel THE MOONSTONE is set in England in 1848. 小说《月亮宝石》以1848年的英国为背景。
【点拨】be set in 意为“以……为背景”
e.g. The story is set in the early days of World War II.
这个故事以二战早期为背景。
…brought it back with him to London.他把它带回伦敦。
【点拨】bring sth. back. 意为“把…带回来;回忆起”
bring sb. back. to life/health 使某人恢复生命或健康
e.g. Please bring all the library books back by the end of the week.
请你在周末前把图书馆的书全部归还。
e.g. Your care brought Tom back to health.
你的细心照料使汤姆恢复了健康。
熟记以下由bring构成的短语:
bring sth. along with sb. 携带…
bring …down 使…倒下;降价
bring sb. down 打跨/击败某人
bring in 引进;提出;赚钱
bring sb. up 抚养;培育
bring sth. up 抬价;呕吐
The diamond was cursed. 宝石被诅咒。
【点拨】curse ①.动词 “诅咒;咒骂”
e.g. He hit his head as he stood up and cursed loudly.
他站起来时撞了头,便破口大骂。
e.g. He cursed her bad luck.
他诅咒自己运气不好。
“be cursed with…” “为…之苦;受…之害”
e.g. She seemed to be cursed with bad luck.
她好像运气不佳,连连遭殃。
②.名词 “咒骂”“咒语”“祸根”,常用短语有:
under a curse 遭受咒语
be a curse of… …的祸根
e.g. The family thought that they were under a curse.
这家人认为受别人咒骂而遭殃。
Noise is a curse of modern city life.
噪音是现代城市生活的一大祸根。
The man lived a sad, lonely life without friends or family. 那个人过着没有朋友和家人的悲痛、孤独的生活。
【点拨】live a…life = lead a … life = have a …life 意思是“过着…的生活”
e.g. Mahilde had a hard life for ten years.
玛帝尔德十年来过着艰辛的生活。
When he died he left the Moonstone to his sister’s daughter, Rachel, in an act of revenge, passing on his bad fortune to her. 当他死后,他把他的恶运连同月亮宝石一起报复性的留给他姐姐的女儿--- Rachel。
【点拨】revenge ①.名词 “报复,报仇”
take one’s revenge on sb. “报复某人”
e.g. He swore to take his revenge on his political enemies.
他发誓要报复他的政敌。
be in revenge for
e.g. The bombing is in revenge for the American rule in Iraq.
爆炸事件是对美国在伊拉克统治的报复。
② 动词 “报复/仇”,其用法为 “revenge oneself on sb.”
或者“be revenged on sb.”意思是“向某人报仇”
e.g. He was later revenged on his wife’s killer.
= He revenged himself on his wife’s killer.
他向杀死他妻子的人报仇。
这里不可以说 He revenged her wife’s death. 即使用 “revenge sth.”是错的。
【点拨】pass on sth. to sb.把…传递给…
e.g. Pass the book on to me when you have finished it.
在你看完这本书后,请把它传给我。
pass on 去世(婉转说法)
e.g. Tom passed on last year. 汤姆去年就去世了。
They worked together on it. 他们一起致力于这件工作。
【点拨】 辨析 “work on” 与 “work at”
“work on”是“致力于…”的意思,强调做出努力;
“work at”是“做…工作”的意思,指做事情
e.g. I haven’t found out her name, but I’m working on it.
我还没有找出她的名字,不过我在尽力。
e.g. He is working at Chinese.
他在学习汉语。
His move to quit smoking cigars to please her is seen by the servants as evidence that he is in love with Rachel. 他戒烟而去取悦于她的举动被仆人们发现,并作为他深爱上Rachel的证据。
【点拨】move 在这里是名词,意思是“举止,行动”,另外,还有“搬家”,“(游戏或棋牌中的)一步,一着”的意思。
e.g. He was watching my every move. 他在监视我的一举一动。
Don’t make a move, or I’ll shoot. 别动,否则我开枪了。
Come on, it’s you move. 快,该你出牌(走)了。
move 还有动词词性,意为“移动,走动,改变位置”,“搬家”,“使感动”等
e.g. I could someone moving around downstairs.
我听到有人在楼下走动。
Could you please move your car, please
请把汽车挪动一下,好吗?
I moved house three times last year.
去年我搬了三次家。
His story moved me.
他的故事感动了我。
【点拨】辨析: “moved”与 “moving” ;
“moved”是“被感动的”意思;“moving”“令人感动的”意思。
e.g. I was moved by his moving story.
我被他的动听的故事打动了。
【点拨】be in love with sb. (状态)与某人相爱
fall in love with sb. (动作)爱上某人
e.g. He fell in love with her at their meeting.
他对她一见钟情。
Tom is in love with Rose for three years.
Tom与Rose相爱三年了。
All the guests are all astonished by its size and rare beauty. 所有的来宾都被它(宝石)的尺寸和稀有的漂亮所惊奇。
【点拨】这里的astonished是过去分词,作表语
分词做表语有两种情况,一种是现在分词做表语,一种是过去分词做表语,这两者区别是考试中经常考到的地方。一般来说,表示心理状态的动词如astonish,excite,interest等都是及物动词,汉语意思不是“惊奇”、“激动”,“高兴”,而是“使惊奇”“使激动”、“使高兴”,因而现在分词应该是“令人惊奇的”、“令人激动的”、“令人高兴的”;过去分词则是“感到惊奇的”“感到激动的”和“感到高兴的”。所以,凡表示“令人……的”都是-ing形式,凡是表示“感到……”都用-ed形式。换句话说,若人对……感兴趣,就是somebody is interested in...,若人/物本身有兴趣时,就是说sb./sth. is interesting.这类词常见的有:
interesting 使人感到高兴 interested 感到高兴的
exciting 令人激动的 excited 感到激动的
delighting 令人高兴的 delighted 感到高兴的
disappointing令人失望的 disappointed感到失望的
encouraging令人鼓舞的 encouraged 感到鼓舞的
pleasing 令人愉快的 pleased 感到愉快的
puzzling 令人费解的 puzzled 感到费解的
satisfying 令人满意的 satisfied 感到满意的
surprising 令人惊异的 surprised 感到惊异的
worrying 令人担心的 worried 感到担心的
Travelling is interesting but tiring. 旅行是有趣的,但是使人疲劳。
The pupils will get confused if they are made to learn too much.
如果要学生学得太多,他们会感到糊涂的。
The argument is very convincing. 他的论点很令人信服。
They were very excited at the news. 听到这个消息,他们非常激动。
Is it coincidence or is it the Moonstone’s bad luck that causes tension and strange things that happen during the rest of the evening 是一种巧合还是月亮宝石的恶运导致生日晚宴的紧张和奇怪事情发生的呢?
【点拨】这里使用了强调句式的一般疑问句形式,对主语“coincidence和the Moonstone’s bad luck”进行强调;另外,“that happen during the rest of the evening”从句作“tension and strange things”的定语。
【点拨】cause在这里是动词,是“导致,引起”的意思。
e.g. What caused his illness 他的病是什么原因引起的?
His illness caused him to miss the game 他因病不能参加比赛。
cause还可做名词:
① “原因,起因,理由” cause与reason作名词时都有“原因”和“理由”的意思。reason通常指产生某种行为或想法的推理上的理由,而cause通常指导致某一事件发生并且有后果的起因。reason常和for连用,而cause常和of连用。
e.g. The cause of the fire is still unknown .
这场大火的起因还不知道呢。
Please give me your reason for absence .
请你把缺席的理由告诉我。
② “事业,目标”
e.g. She’s committed to the cause of nuclear disarmament.
她献身于废除核武器的事业。
【点拨】 the rest(of)表示“剩余、其余”,其用法也有二:
a) of后面可接单数、复数及不可数名词,相应的谓语动词的单复数取决于of后面所跟的名词。
b) 如果the rest表示的是剩下的东西,则谓语动词用单数;如果表示的是其余的,特别指人时,其谓语动词应该用复数。
例:The majority of students went to the lab, the rest are staying in the classroom.(多数学生去了实验室,其余的人留在教室。)
e.g. The rest of the students are here.
The rest of the work is done.
the rest of 的用法与2/3,一半,80%+ of 的结构一致, of 后面为可数名词复数时用复数谓语动词,为不可数名词或可数名词单数时用单数谓语动词。这样用法还有 lots of, a lot of, plenty of。
Dr. Candy ,the local doctor, offers to write him a prescription for some medicine. 当地的Dr. Candy医生为他开了药方。
【点拨】 offer 作动词,①“提供;提出”的意思,常用“offer sb. sth. for…”
e.g. He offered me 300 dollars for that television.
他出300美元向我买那部电视机。
I must offer them an apology for not going to attend their get-gathering.
我没有去出席他们的聚会,必须向他们示歉意。
② 与to连用;表示“愿意;试图;主动干…”
e.g. offer to go 自愿前往
offer 还可作名词,有 “提议; 出价;报盘”的意思
e.g. an offer of £100 出价100 英镑
Thank you for your offer of help. 感谢你提供的帮助。
Troubled by the loss of such a valuable jewel, Rachel’s mother hires the famous detective Sergeant Cuff to investigate the theft.由于这么昂贵的珠宝的丢失,Rachel的母亲雇佣了一个著名侦探Sergeant Cuff去调查这起偷窃事件。
【点拨】 “Troubled by the loss of such a valuable jewel”是分词在句首作原因状语。
分词作状语放在句子开头,除表示原因之外有时表示时间或条件:
e.g. Reading attentively,he forgot the time for lunch.
由于在专心读书,他忘了吃午饭的时间。(原因)
Reading carefully,he found something he had not known before.
他仔细读书时,发现了一些从前不知道的东西。(时间)
Reading carefully,you'll learn something new.
只要你仔细阅读,你会学到一些新的东西。(条件)
现在分词与过去分词作状语的区别:
现在分词做状语与过去分词做状语的最主要区别在于两者与所修饰的主语的主动与被动关系的区别。
1)现在分词作状语时,分词的动作就是句子主语的动作,它们之间的关系是主动关系。
e.g. Not knowing what to do, he went to his parents for help.
由于不知如何办是好,他去找父母帮忙。
2)过去分词作状语时,分词表示的动作是句子主语承受的动作,它们之间的关系是被动关系。
e.g. Given more attention, the trees could have grown better.
如果对这些树多关心一些,它们本来会长得更好。
e.g. Faced with difficulties, we must try to overcome them.
在遇到困难的时候,我们必须设法克服。
He finds out that they are not real entertainers, but religious followers of the moon god. 他发现他们不是真正的艺人,而是月亮神的宗教追随者。
【点拨】 not...but… “不是…而是…”并列连词,连接两个并列成分。
当连词or, either...or, neither...nor, not only...but also, not...but, there be 等连接两个并列not...but主语时,谓语的数与最靠近它的主语保持一致。
e.g. Not he but Jane and Mary have been invited to the party.
【点拨】entertainer 名词,“艺人,表演者”
entertainment名词,“娱乐,文娱表演”
entertaining 形容词,“使人愉快的;有趣的”
entertain 动词,“给人快乐;使人感兴趣”“招待;款待”
Did Dr Candy or Godfrey take the Moonstone as revenge for loss of face Candy 和 Godfrey会拿走月亮宝石作为对他们失面子的报复吗?
【点拨】take…as…是“把…当作…”的意思,英语中还有下列一些短语表示此意。
consider… as… treat…as…
regard … as… love…as…
look on/upon … as… respect…as…
think of … as… admire… as…
see … as… receive…as…
Franklin, on the other hand, gives the detective as much assistance as he can. 另一方面,富兰克林也尽其可能的帮助侦探。
【点拨】 “on the other hand”意思是“另一方面;从另一方面说”常常与“on one hand…”连用。
e.g. On one hand the price is cheap, but on the other hand the quality is poor
价格便宜是一方面,但是,另一方面质量太差。
【点拨】 英语中在表示数量的词语前,习惯上加as many as, as much as等来加强语气。as many as 和可数名词连用, as much as和不可数名词连用,。但是在表示“雨量、水量、时间、重量、钱数、价格”等方面“多达…”时常用as much as... 类似的表达方式还有:as long as长达;as far as远达;as heavy as重达,等。
e.g. When working here, he could earn as much as 300 dollars a week.
他在那儿工作时,每周能挣300美元。
I can see the objects as far as 1000 meters.
我能看到1000米外的物体。
试着翻译下面几句话:
1.There are as many as ten thousand languages in the world.
2. He could carry a stone as heavy as four hundred jin.
3. The old man is as old as 130 years.
4. Take as much as you like.
5. I love you as much as he does.
6. We could save as much as 1000 yuan a month if we tried.
7. Before he died, he donated as many as 10, 000 books to his school.
Language Practice
The manager was walking in a underground passage of the mine when he noticed … 当矿主在矿井的地下通道中行走时,这时他注意到…
【点拨】when引导从句时,其意义和用法很多。
一、引导时间状语从句
1. 表示"当……的时候",相当于at the moment when。
e.g. When we got to the cinema, the film had been on for half an hour.
当我们到达电影院时,电影已放映半小时了。
She was writing a letter when I came in.
当我进来时,她在写信。
2. 表示"一……就……",相当于as soon as。
e.g. The students got up when the bell rang.
铃声一响,学生们就起床了。
I'll ring you up when I arrive in Beijing.
我一到北京就给你打电话。
3. 表示"就在这时;当时",相当于just at the moment或just then.
e.g. We were about to start out when it began to rain heavily.
我们正要启程,就在这时,天下起了大雨。
He had just returned from one business trip when he was asked to make another one.
他刚刚出差回来,这时,又叫他再次出差。
4. 表示"每当;每次",相当于every time或whenever。
e.g. She always turns to us for help when she is in trouble.
每当她遇到困难,她总是向我们求助。
It is freezing cold here when it snows.
每当这儿下雪,天气就十分寒冷。
5. 表示"当……之后;在……以后",相当于after the time that。
e.g. We went home when the film was over.
电影结束以后,我们回家去了。
When she got home, she started to prepare supper.
她回到家后,开始准备晚饭。
二、引导条件状语从句
when引导的条件状语从句相当于if/ in case引导的条件状语从句.
e.g. When there is no gravity, our feet can no longer stay on the ground.
如果没有重力,我们的脚就不能够在地面上站稳。
Turn off the switch when anything goes wrong with the machine.
如果机器发生故障,就把电闸关上。
三、引导原因状语从句
when引导原因状语从句时,相当于since/now that引导的原因状语从句。
e.g. How can they learn anything when they spend all their spare time watching television 他们把所有的空闲时间都用来看电视了,还能学到什么东西呢
Why do you want a new job when you have got such a good one
既然你已经有了这么好的一份工作,为什么还要再找新的工作呢
四、引导让步状语从句
when引导的让步状语从句相当于though或although引导的让步状语从句。
e.g. He usually walks when he might ride.
虽然有车可乘,但他通常是步行。
The little girl can tell right from wrong when she is only twelve.
这个小女孩虽然只有十二岁,却能分清是非。
… it was as clear as water… 它(宝石)纯净如水。
【点拨】 as clear as water 纯净如水一样 英语中类似表达有:
as blind as a bat(像蝙蝠一样盲目) as busy as a bee(像蜜蜂一样忙碌)
as songful as a bird(像鸟一样动听) as angry as a bull(像公牛一样愤怒)
as changeful as a chameleon(像变色龙一样多变) as bald as an eagle(像鹰一样秃顶)
as sly as a fox(像狐狸一样狡猾) as tall as a giraffe(像长颈鹿一样高)
as silly as a goose(像鹅一样愚蠢) as fast as a hare(像野兔一样快)
as playful as a kitten(像小猫一样喜欢嬉戏) as gentle as a lamb(像小羊一样温和)
as brave as a lion(像狮子一样勇敢) as stubborn as a mule(像骡子一样顽固)
as wise as an owl(像猫头鹰一样聪明) as quick as a rabbit(像兔子一样快)
as slow as a snail(像蜗牛一样缓慢) as hungry as a wolf(像狼一样饥饿)
as graceful as a swan(像天鹅一样优美) as slow as a turtle(像乌龟一样缓慢)
One mistake could have resulted in a huge loss, so that the diamond expert under of a lot of tension when he began to work. 一点失误可能会导致巨大的损失,因此钻石专家开始工作时十分紧张,压力很大。
【点拨】 这里的“result in”,是“导致,致使”的意思。
e.g. Eating too much food which is high in fat and sugar will result in heart illness.
吃过多高脂肪和高糖类的食物会导致心脏疾病。
result in和result from的用法区别
result in可用来表示"引起、导致或造成(某种结果)"
e.g. The traffic accident resulted in three deaths.
这起交通事故造成三人死亡。
The trial resulted in his being sentenced to two years' imprisonment.
审判结果是他被判刑两年。
The election resulted in a great victory for their party.
选举结果,他们的党获得了巨大胜利。
result可以与from连用,意为"作为……的结果",表示原因。
e.g. Her injury resulted from a fall.
她因跌倒而受伤。
It's said that his lameness resulted from an accident.
据说他的瘸腿是一次事故造成的。
Sickness often results from eating too much.
疾病往往因为吃得太多。
result 还可用作名词,常用“as a result”在句中作状语,表原因;“as a result of”是短语介词,后面必须接名词表原因。
Integrating skills
Franklin Blake, meanwhile, received a letter from Rosama saying that … 同时,Franklin Blake 收到了Rosama的一封信,信上说…
【点拨】 meanwhile是个副词,译作“在这期间,与此同时”,
相当于“during the period of time",
e.g. Mother was cooking meanwhile I was doing my homework.
妈妈在做饭,与此同时,我在做作业。
常见的短语in the meanwhile 意思是“与此同时,在此期间”
e.g. In the meanwhile, I'll go for a few days to Shanghai.
同时,我还要去上海几日。
【点拨】 saying that…== which said…
e.g. Haven’t you seen the sign saying “No Somking”
难道你没看到招牌上写着“禁止抽烟”吗?
…she loved him and wanted to keep him out of trouble. 她爱他而且想帮助他免受麻烦。
【点拨】 keep是一个十分常用的单词,其用法较多,搭配能力强,同时也是高考经常考查的单词之一。现将其主要用法归纳如下。
一、keep的基本用法
1. keep作连系动词,意为“继续处于某种状态或地位;留下;保留”,其后通常接形容词、副词等作表语。
e.g. Please keep quiet—I'm trying to get some work done.
请安静——我要处理一些工作。
2. 当“保存;保留;保持”讲。
e.g. Keep the seat for me,will you
替我保留这个座位,好吗?
e.g. His watch keeps good time.
他的手表走得准。
e.g. You can keep the book for two weeks.
这本书你可以保存(借)两个星期。
3. 当“使……保持在(某种状态)”讲时,其后通常接复合宾语,可用形容词、介词、副词、现在分词、过去分词等作宾补。
e.g. His illness kept him in bed for months.
他因病卧床好几个月。
e.g. We'll keep you informed.
我们将让你知道情况。
e.g. Sorry to have kept you waiting for such a long time.
对不起,让你久等了。
e.g. It's our duty to keep our surroundings clean.
保持我们周围环境清洁是我们的职责。
4. 当“履行;遵守”讲。
keep one's word 讲话算数
keep one's promise 履行诺言
keep regular hours 生活作息有规律
5. 当“赡养;饲养”讲。
e.g. He has a wife and four children to keep.
他要养活妻子和四个孩子。
e.g. He likes to keep some birds for fun.
他喜欢养鸟玩。
6. 当“过(节);料理;记(日记)”讲。
keep Spring Festival 过春节
keep house 管理家务
keep a diary 记日记
二、keep的常用习惯搭配
1.keep back 保留;隐瞒;阻止……向前。
e.g. She couldn't keep back her tears at the news.
听到那消息,她忍不住掉下了眼泪。
e.g. The boss kept back 100 dollars from his salary for nothing.
老板无端地从他的薪水中扣去了100美元。
2. keep in touch with...与 ……保持联系。
e.g. While he was outside the ship, he kept in touch by telephone with his companion and with the earth.
当他在飞船外面时,他用电话与同伴及地面上保持联系。
3. keep on(doing sth.) 继续(做某事);反复(做某事)
e.g. Keep on trying, and you'll make greater progress.
继续努力,你将取得更大的进步。
4. keep...out 不让 ……进来。
e.g. There is a lot of air in loose snow, and this helps to keep the cold out.
在松散的积雪里有许多空气,这有利于御寒。
5. keep...out of...使……不进入……,使……置身于 ……之外
e.g. Please keep him out of trouble while he is studying here.
他在这里学习期间,请不要让他有什么麻烦。
6. keep up坚持;保持;不使(斗志等)下落。
e.g. They can keep up their normal body temperature even in very cold weather.
他们即使在很冷的天气里也可保持正常体温。
7. keep up with保持;维持;继续;跟上。
e.g. John was not good at maths and he couldn't keep up with the rest of the class.
约翰数学学得不好,他跟不上班上的其他同学。
8. keep watch守望;值班;放哨。
e.g. They used to keep watch at the top of the tree during the war.
在战争期间,他们通常在树顶上放哨。
9. keep away from (使)离开;远离。
e.g. In order to reduce diseases we should keep animals away from body in daily life.
为了减少疾病,在日常生活中我们应该远离动物。
…to prove to him that it help. 对他证明(药)起作用。
【点拨】 help ① vi/vt 帮助; 辅助; 援助;开饭;上菜;起作用
② n. 帮助; 救助; 救济
be of help 有用的, 有益的, 有帮助的
be of help to sb. 对某人有帮助
come to one's help 来帮某人的忙
with the help of 在...的帮助下, 借助
by the help of 得到..的帮助
help sb. with sth. 帮做(某事)
help oneself to [口]随意取用[取食] ;擅自取用; 私自占有; 偷
help sb. down 把某人搀扶下来
help sb. off with 帮某人脱 去(衣服等)
help sb. on with 帮某人穿上(衣服等)
help out 帮助(某人); 帮助(某人)解决困难[做某事]
help sb. out of 帮助(某人); 帮助(某人)解决困难[做某事]
help sb. over 帮某人越过[度过]
help sb. to 给某人添(酒、菜等) ;帮某人得到[达到, 找到]
help sb. up 把某人扶起;扶某人登上
cannot help (doing) 不禁, 忍不住, 不得不
cannot help but do 不能不, 不得不
(I cannot help but be sorry. 我不能不感到遗憾。)
cannot help oneself 情不自禁; 不能自制
I can't help it. 我实在控制不住; 这不能怪我。
It can't be helped. [口]无可挽回!
more than one can help [用于否定句]过份, 太多
Don't spend more money than you can help 除非不得己, 不要多化钱。
There is no help for it 无法可想; 无可挽回。
Franklin and Rachel are very much in love and engaged to be married. Franklin 和 Rachel非常相爱,正准备结婚。
【点拨】 此句中的engaged"订婚的";engage的含义和用法确实多多,现小结如下:
1. 作及物动词
①表示"使从事于;使忙着",常用于被动语态,与介词in搭配。
e.g. Please wait a minute; he is engaged just now.
请稍等,他正忙着呢。
②表示 "聘雇某人",与employ相比较,engage更偏重于聘雇专业人员。
句式:engage + 名词(+ as +名词)。
e.g. He engaged / employed my sister as his secretary.
他聘用我妹妹当秘书。
The firm engaged / employed two interpreters.
那家公司聘请了两名口译员。
③表示"吸引注意;占用时间"等。
e.g. A personal computer engages his interest now.
他正沉迷于个人电脑之中。
Reading foreign books engages all my spare time.
阅读外文书籍占用了我所有的空余时间。
④表示"约束;约定",多与oneself 连用。
e.g. She engages herself to do the work. 她自愿承担这项工作。
2. 作不及物动词
①表示"保证;允诺",多与for连用。
e.g. That's all I can engage for.
我所能担保的仅此而已。
That is more than I can engage for.
那事我不能担保。
②表示"衔接;与......交战",多与with连用
e.g. The teeth of one wheel engage with those of the other.
一轮之齿与另一轮之齿相衔接。
3. 两个常用的被动结构
①be engaged to sb.与某人订婚。
e.g. Tom is engaged to Anne.
汤姆已与安妮订婚。
②be engaged in (doing) sth.忙于(做)某事。如:
e.g. Those comrades who are engaged in mass work came.
那些从事群众工作的同志们来了。
4. 几个相关拓展
①engaged adj. 忙的;已订婚的;被占用的。
e.g. The line is engaged. 线路被占用。
② engagement n. 约定
e.g. I have a lunch engagement with my uncle.
我与叔父约好一同吃午饭。
break off one's engagement 解除婚约
make an engagement with ...与......约定
③ engaging adj. 吸引人的;迷人的;可爱的。如:
e.g. an engaging smile 迷人的微笑
As for the Moonstone, I have heared that it has somehow returned to its home in India,…. 至于月亮宝石,我听说不知怎么已经返回到它的家乡---印度。
【点拨】 “as for…”意思是“至于…”“就…而言”
e.g. As for me, Ihave nothing to complain of.
至于我,我没什么可抱怨的。
As for food,that’s all being taken care of.
至于食物,都在置办之中。
【点拨】 somehow
一是表示“以某种方式”
e.g. He\'ll get me there somehow.
他将以某种方式把我送到那里
e.g. We\'ll get along somehow.
我们将以某种方式相处下去
二是表示“不知怎么搞的”(什么原因)
e.g. Somehow she was afraid of him.
不知怎么搞的她很怕他
e.g. He never liked me, somehow.
不知什么原因,他从来不喜欢我
Grammar
强调句
1. It is/was + 被强调的部分 + that(who, which) + 句子的其他部分
下面我们以两个句子为例来演示强调句的构成。如:
1).Western health-care system are spending huge sums of money on the surgical treatment of the
主语 宾语 状语
disease.
(西方国家医疗保健机构在心脏病的手术治疗上开支巨大。)
强调主语
It is Western health-care system that (which) are spending huge sums of money on the surgical treatment of the disease. 正是西方国家医疗保健机构,在心脏病的手术治疗上开支巨大。
强调宾语
It is huge sums of money that ( which ) Western health-care system are spending on the surgical treatment of the disease. 西方国家医疗保健机构在心脏病的手术治疗上,开支确实是巨大的。
强调状语
It is on the surgical treatment of the disease that Western health-care system are spending huge sums of money.西方国家医疗保健机构,就是在心脏病的手术治疗上付出了巨大的开支。
2) .Ann Peters’ husband rushed her to a nearby hospital last night.
主语 宾语 状语 状语
(昨晚,安妮.彼德的丈夫立即送她去附近医院。)
强调主语
It was Ann Peters' husband that (who) rushed her to a nearby hospital last night.
(昨晚,正是安妮.彼德的丈夫,立即送她去了附近医院。)
强调宾语
It was her (she) that (who) Ann Peters' husband rushed to a nearby hospital last night.
(昨晚安妮.彼德的丈夫立即送的是她,去附近医院。)
强调状语
It was to a nearby hospital that Ann Peters' husband rushed her last night.
(昨晚安妮.彼德的丈夫立即送她去的就是一家附近的医院。)
强调状语
It was last night that Ann Peters' husband rushed her to a nearby hospital.
(就是在昨晚,安妮.彼德的丈夫立即送她去附近医院。)
要点提示:
1)当原句叙述的是现在或者将来发生的事情用"It is … that…"的句式(如例句1);当原句叙述的
是过去发生的事情则用"It was … that… " 的句式(如例句2)。
2)在这种强调句式中,一般用that引出句子的其他部分。如果被强调的部分是表示人的意义的名
词时,可以用who代替that引出句子的其他部分;如果被强调的部分是表示事物意义的名词时,可以用which代替that引出句子的其他部分。但是,无论被强调的部分是表示地点、还是表示时间意义的名词,都不可以用where 或者when 。
e.g. It is that man who (that) is teaching our English.
(就是那个人教我们英语。)
It was my telephone number which (that) Miss White happened to know.
( 怀特小姐碰巧知道的就是我的电话号码。)
It is in front of the religious leader that the bride and groom stand together to be married.
(新郎、新娘通常就是一起站在宗教头领面前举行结婚。)
3). 如果被强调的部分是人称代词,应该用该人称代词的主格形式;在口语或非正式文体中也可以用其宾格形式。
e.g. It was she (her) who told the police.(就是她报告警察的。)
It was you who we were talking about.(我们刚刚谈论的就是你。)
2. 没有强调句子谓语的强调句,但有其通常的强调手段:do / does / did + 动词原形 。
e.g.I do believe that he is an honest man. (我的确相信他是老实人。)
She does like literature. (她确实喜欢文学。)
They did go to see you yesterday, but failed to meet you.
(他们昨天的确去看过你,但没见到你。)
3. What … is / was …
"What … is / was …"是名词从句结构,也是强调句的另一种构成形式。它常用来强调主语、宾语。
如果所叙述的是现在或者将来发生的事情用"What is … that…"的句式;如果所叙述的是过去发生的事情用 "What was … that…"的句式。
1). What he wishes most is to become a pilot.(强调宾语)
(他最希望的是成为一名飞行员。)
2). What interested me most in that movie was the beautiful scenery of Alps. (强调主语)
(那部电影使我最感兴趣的是阿尔裨斯山那美丽的风景。)
3).What I like is her speaking manner. (强调宾语)
(我喜欢的是她说话的风度。)
4).What encouraged us was the example he set for us. (强调主语)
(给予我们鼓励的是他为我们树立的榜样。)
习题对话
Language practice
1.Find words in the reading passage that match the following definition.
①.bachelor ②. astonished ③. prescription ④. considerate
⑤. guilty ⑥. vital ⑦. stubborn ⑧. theft
2.Choose the words from the box to fill in the blanks, using their correct form.
①. happened ②. Suspecting ③. excited ④. stain ⑤. splendid
⑥. assistant ⑦. vital ⑧. loss ⑨. tension ⑩.garment
考题档案
1. (NMET 2004 全国) I like in the autumn when the weather is clear and bright.
A. this B. that C. it D. one
2. (NMET 2004 上海) I had to buy these books because I didn’t know which one was the best.
A. both B. none C. neither D. all
3. (NMET 2004 广东) Sometimes it was a bit boring to work there because there wasn’t always much to do.
A. such B. that C. more D.very
4. (NMET 2003 上海春季) The collapse of the world Trade Center has put US economy in a difficult .
A. occasion B. case C. situation D. background
5. (NMET 2003 北京) According to recent research, heavy coffee drinking and heart attack is not necessarily and effect.
A. reason B. impact C. fact D. cause A.B.C.D.
6. (NMET 2004上海春季) No one in the department but Tom and I that the director is going to resign.
A. knows B. know C. have known D. am to know
7. (NMET 2004 湖南) They’ve us $150,000 for the house. Shall we take it
A. provided B. supplied C shown .D. offered
8. (NMET 2004浙江) We wanted to get home before dark, but it didn’t quite as planned.
A. make out B. turn out C. go on D. come up
9. (NMET 2004浙江) If you are feeling so tired, perhaps a little sleep would .
A. act B. help C. serve D. last
10. (NMET 2004 北京) The mayor of Beijing says that all construction work for the Beijing Olympics by 2006.
A. has been completed B. has completed
C. will have been completed D. will have completed
11. (NMET 2004上海春季) The pilot asked all the passengers on board to remain as the plane was making a landing.
A. seat B. seating C. seated D. to be seating
12. (NMET 2004 全国) --Isn’t that Ann’s husband over there
-- No, it be him
-- I’m sure he doesn’t wear glasses.
A. can’t B. must not C. won’t D. may not
13. (NMET 2004 上海) Why! I have nothing to confess. you want me to say
A. What is it that B. What it is that C. How is it that D. How it is that
14. (NMET 2004 广东) --Do you mind if I open the window
-- I feel a bit cold.
A. Of course not. B. I’d rather you didn’t. C. Go ahead. D. Why not
15. (NMET 2004 上海) Chinese arts have won the of a lot of people outside China.
A. enjoyment B. appreciation C. entertainment D. reputation
参考答案C ,英语中like, love, hate, dislike等动词后不允许直接带宾语从句,通常先在动词后加上it,然后再加从句。 2.D 3. B 4. C 5. D 6. A 7. D 8. B 选B,help是不及物动词用法,“起作用,生效” 的意思 C 11. C 12. A 13. 选A ,考查强调句的特殊问句用法 14. B 15. B
一课一测
(检测自己的能力)
A级(基础训练)
第一部分 单项填空
1.I prefer to stay in the seaside town, _____ because of its job opportunities, _____ because of its low living expenses.
A. not...but B. both...as well as C. no more ...than D. not...instead
2.Some of the wheat is from Canada. What about ________________
A. another B. the other C. others D. the rest
3.The new model costs twice _____ last year's.
A. more than B. as much as C. as many as D. than
4. Neither he nor his brothers——some food for this trip.
A.need B.needs C.is needing D.has need
5. – Do you have any idea what Hawk does all day
-- I know he spends at least as much time watching TV as he .
A. does writing B. writes C. is writing D. spends to write
6. –When did the concert
--Oh, a week ago.
A. hold B. happen C. take place D. organize
7. No bread eaten by man is so sweet as earned by his own labor.
A. one B. that C. such D. what
8. The Emperor's New Clothes, is an ________ text. All of us are ________ in it.
A. exciting; exciting B. excited; excited C. excited; exciting D. exciting; excited
.9. Why do you want a new job, ______ you have got such a good one?
A.that B.where C.which D. when
10. Some of the wheat came from Canada. How about .
A. another B. the others C. the rest D. the other
B级(应用创新)
第一部分 单项填空
1. –Do you like novels.
--I don’t like either of them. Please show me third one.
A. the, the B. the, a C. /, / D./, the
2. – I hope he won’t get ill recently during the examination.
-- . He has been well recently.
A. Certainly B. No C. Not D. Yes
3. I shall never forget those days ______ I lived in the countryside with the farmers, ______ had a great effect on my life.
A.that;which B. which;that C.when;which D.when;who
4. ---- What made her so angry
----- ________ her wallet.
A. He lost B. To be lost C. Lost D. Losing
5. The pilot asked all the passengers on board to remain ________ as the plane was making a landing.
A. seat B. seating C. seated D. to be seating
6. I’ll never understand how it that you were an hour late on such a short journey.
A. took place B. caused C. came about D. happened
7. – I want to buy a computer for my son, but there is only one left in that shop, so I will have to buy .
A. one B. it C. that D. them
8. A computer ____ think for itself,it must be told what to do.
A.can't B.couldn't C.may not D.won't
9. – I can’t find Mr. Smith. Where did you meet him this morning
-- It was in the hotel he stared.
A. that B. where C. which D. the one
10. The journey around the world took the old sailor nine months, the sailing time was 226 days.
A. of which B. during which C. from which D. for which
11. Thirty-three people were already dead in a traffic accident; __________ .
A. twelve being old men B. twelve of them were old men
C. twelve of whom were old men D. twelve were old men
12. As far as I am concerned, education is about learning and the more you learn, ________ .
A. the more for life are you equipped B. the more equipped for life you are
C. the more life you are equipped for D. you are equipped the more for life
13. Beijing is bigger than in Jiangsu.
A. any other city B. all the cities. C. any of the other city D. all the others
14. —How did you enjoy the concert last night
— . My favorite singer lost her voice and didn’t even make an appearance.
A. What a disappointment! B. What a failure! C. Awful! D. Very dissatisfactory!
15. The money collected should be made good use the people in South Asia who suffered a lot in the killer earthquake and tsunami(海啸).
A.of helping B.to help C.to helping D.of to help
第二部分 完形填空 (共20小题;每小题1.5分,满分30分)
阅读下面短文,掌握其大意,然后从36—55各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中,选出最佳选项。
It was the first day of school, 1961. Five-year-old Mae Carol Jemison was a 1 kindergartener who could already read. When her teacher asked her, “ 2 do you want to be when you grow up ” Mae replied, “A scientist.” Her teacher looked 3 : Not many women became scientists then, and certainly 4 black women. But that was Mae’s first and only 5 .
Mae’s love for science 6 her to the library. She read books about the universe. She also enjoyed science fiction books. In sixth grade she read Madeline L’Engle’s books A Wrinkle in Time and The Arm of the Starfish. “Those books stand out 7 they had women scientists and girl heroines,” Mae remembers.
Books weren’t the only way Mae learned. She was active in student government, acted in plays, and studied dance. “In dance class, I grew stronger and gained an 8 for hard work, physical strength, and grace,” she says.
When Mae was 12, there were civil rights demonstrations(游行) near her neighborhood in Chicago. 9 protests(抗议) before an important political meeting, the mayor of Chicago called 10 the National Guard, which marched through Mae’s mostly African-American neighborhood with guns. Mae watched, 11 , confused(使迷惑), and angry. She promised herself she would never feel that frightened again. “I reminded myself 12 I was as much a part of this United States as the Guardsmen,” she remembers.
In college, Mae studied the physical and social sciences, and learned to speak Russian and the African language Swahili. She 13 a degree in chemical engineering and African studies. After college, she studied medicine for four years, and became a medical doctor. In 1987, Mae was 14 into NASA’s astronaut program. She 15 in Texas, learning about space exploration. She worked for NASA, and waited for a shuttle assignment(太空飞行任务).
When the space aircraft Endeavor was sent into the sky into orbit in 1992, Mae 16 the first African-American woman 17 the earth. Mae looked down from Endeavor and saw Chicago. She remembered visiting the library, making science fair projects, and dancing. “I felt like I 18 right there in space,” she remembers. “I realized I would feel comfortable 19 in the universe because I belonged to and was a part of it, 20 any star, planet, asteroid(小行星), comet(彗星), or nebula(星云).”
1.A.shy B.confident C.weak D.difficult
2.A.What B.How C.Who D.Why
3.A.amazing B.pleasant C.surprised D.interested
4.A.more B.less C.few D.many
5.A.choice B.variety C.judgment D.result
6.A.took B.introduced C.persuaded D.collected
7.A.so B.but C.because D.however
8.A.interest B.attention C.importance D.appreciation
9.A.Guarding B.To protect C.Defending D.To prevent
10.A.on B.in C.off D.up
11.A.pleased B.attracted C.frightened D.excited
12.A.that B.whether C.why D.how
13.A.made B.earned C.succeeded D.finished
14.A.refused B.recognized C.accepted D.received
15.A.trained B.settled C.landed D.moved
16.A.won B.was chosen C.developed D.became
17.A.orbits B.orbiting C.to orbit D.orbited
18.A.liked B.enjoyed C.belonged D.flew
19.A.where B.anywhere C.nowhere D.wherever
20.A.as much as B.as long as C.as far as D.as many as
第三部分 阅读理解 A
Online distance learning is an instructional system which connects learners with educational resources. Students work on their own at home, at work, or at school and communicate with teachers and other students by e-mails, electronic forums, videoconferencing, chat rooms, bulletin boards, instant messaging and other forms of computer-based communication. There are both advantages and disadvantages to online distance learning.
There are many benefits to using online distance learning environments. Online education is available all the time and anywhere. However there are drawbacks for some learners. The online learner only has the written text and no other face-to-face cues. This may confuse the learner and cause misunderstanding. While distance learning allows for openness, it is also troublesome because it is done by e-mail messages and writing and therefore may take more time than face-to-face learning. The large number of messages can sometimes be overwhelming for many online students.
Universities, Colleges and Schools use virtual online distance learning environments. These are important for students who may be unable to attend classes for various reasons like illnesses or busy everyday schedules. Some learners just want to further their studies at home. They enjoy the convenience of home learning as they take regular programs or enrichment classes.
Online courses keep learners very occupied at all hours. There is a great deal of messages and other online resources to read and respond to. Most learners have regular jobs or attend regular school classes on ground as well. However, the benefits are clear. Online distance learning is becoming very popular. Some virtual online classes have become a profitable business as they replace regular traditional means of learning.
1. Online distance learning refers to_________
A. learning with the help of the internet and computers B. Learning at home
C. a system of learning on your own by writing letters D. learning without the presence and help of teachers
2. The underlined word “occupied” in the 4th paragraph is close to the meaning of “_____”.
A. busy B. happy C. healthy D. satisfied
3. There are many good and bad aspects of online distance learning. One good thing about it is that it is ______________.
A. easy to do B. cheaper than face-to-face learning C. convenient D. very fast going
4. Sometimes online distance learning can be a problem because _________.
A. learners don't have the money to pay for it. B. it is not as effective as face-to-face learning
C. it is done by writing only e-mail messages D. some learners don't need face-to-face cues
5. Which of the following is more likely to take an online distant course
A. A full-time middle school student.
B. Some one who enjoys the company of other students while learning.
C. Some one who does not have easy access to computers.
D. Some one who has a job but still wants to further his study.
B
We are all called upon to make a speech at some point in life, but most of us don’t do a very good job. This article gives some suggestions on how to give an effective speech.
So, you have to give a speech—and you are terrified. You get nervous, you forget what you want to say, you stumble over words, you talk too long, and you bore your audience. Later you think, “Thank Goodness, it’s over. I’m just not good at public speaking. I hope I never have to do that again.”
Cheep up! It doesn’t have to be that bad. Here are some simple steps to take the pain out of speech making. Ask yourself the purpose of your speech. What is the occasion Why are you speaking Then, gather as many facts as you can on your subject. Spend plenty of your time doing your research. Then spend plenty of your time organizing your material so that your speech is clear and easy to follow. Use as many examples as possible, and use pictures, charts, and graphs if they help you make your points more clearly. Never forget your audience. Don’t talk over their heads, and don’t talk down to them. Treat your audience with respect. They will appreciate your thoughtfulness.
Just remember: Be prepared. Know your subject, your audience, and the occasion. Be brief. Say what you have to say and then stop. And be yourself. Let your personality come through so that you make person-to-person contact with your audience.
If you follow these simple steps, you will see that you don’t have to be afraid of public speaking. In fact, you may find the experience so enjoyable that you volunteer to make more speeches! You’re not convinced yet Give it a try and see what happens.
6.The main idea of this article is .
A.that you can improve your speaking ability B.that a poor speaker can never change
C.to always make a short speech D.that it is hard to make a speech
7.Paragraph 2 implies that .
A.many people are afraid of giving a speech B.many people are happy to give a speech
C.many people don’t prepare for a speech D.many people talk too long
8.The phrase “talk over their heads” means .
A.speak too loudly B.look at the ceiling
C.look down upon them D.use words and ideas that are too difficult
9.All of the following statements are TRUE except .
A.few people know how to make good speeches
B.a lecturer does not need to organize his speech
C.research is important in preparing a speech
D.there are simple steps you can take to improve your speaking ability
10.The title for this passage may be .
A.Do Not Make a Long Speech B.How to Give a Good Speech
C.How to prepare for a Speech D.Try to Enjoy a speech
第四部分 短文改错
Several days ago, three lions escaped a zoo in Knowxile due to 1.
the carelessness of one of the keeper. Two of the lions headed for 2.
to a nearby grass field where they were immediately caught by their 3.
trainer. The third one, however, went into the town and while he saw 4.
an open window on the first floor of a private home, he jumped 5.
into. Inside, he found an elderly lady whose eyesight was failing. 6.
She thought the animal was a large dog and patted it on his head. 7.
The wild beast paid no attention to him and went into the bedroom 8.
where he fell asleep on the mat. It was there where the trainer found 9.
the lion. He put him in a cage and carried him back quiet to the zoo. 10.
第五部分:写作
你和Jim是小学同班同学,他六年前读完小学就回英国了。最近,你收到他的来信,在信中他问起昔日就读的小学的情况。因此你于几天前回了趟小学,请你参考以下图表,给Jim写一封回信。
注意:字数100—120左右,开头与结尾已给出,不算入字数内。
参考词汇:植物园botanical garden
参考答案A级第一部分 单项填空1—5 A D B A A 6—10 C B D D CB级第一部分 单项填空1—5 BBCDC 6—10 C B ABA 11—15 B BBAD第二部分 完形填空1—5:BACCA 6—10:ACDDB 11—15:CABCA 16—20:DCCBA第三部分 阅读理解1—5 AACCD 6--10 AADBB第四部分 短文改错1.escaped后from 2.keeper→keepers 3.去掉to4.while→when 5.√6.into→in 7.his→the 8.him→her 9.where→that 10.quiet→quietly第五部分:写作One possible version:Dear Jim,How glad I am to get your letter! It has been 6 years since we left primary school.A few days ago, I paid a visit to our primary school and was delighted to say that great changes have taken place there. The old-3story building has been replaced by a new 8-story one. At the back of it stands a new dormitory building for students, while in the past no students lived in the school. Still remember the woods where we had so much fun I’m sorry to tell you it has been turned into a new library and a botanical garden. To my surprise, the only place that remains the same is the sports ground, our favorite spot. Hope you’ll come here again! Yours Li Ming
课文翻译
月亮宝石
《月亮宝石》这部小说以1848年的英国为背景,但是故事却发生在50年前。月亮宝石是一块巨大的黄色的宝石,它曾是印度月亮神雕像的一部分。一位英国人刺杀了三位教士,从寺庙里偷走了宝石,并把它带回了伦敦。当他的姐姐听到这件事后,她不愿对他多说什么。宝石受到了诅咒,这个英国人也过着没有朋友和家人的悲伤而又孤单的生活。当他去世的时候,他把月亮宝石传给了他姐姐的女儿,作为报复行为,连他的恶运也传给了她。雷切尔将会在她十八岁生日宴会的时候收到这块宝石作为生日礼物。
雷切尔 韦林德,是一位年轻漂亮而又有钱的女子。她和她的母亲,几个仆人住在英国北方的一个豪宅里。在她生日之前的几天,她和她孩时的朋友富兰克林在她家客厅的门上画上了花草和鸟儿。他们一起努力工作,直到她生日的前一天才完成。富兰克林,这个烟民,对雷切尔是十分的体贴。他用戒烟来取悦雷切尔的举动被仆人们发现了,并以此作为他爱上雷切尔的证据。
在雷切尔生日那天,月亮宝石是她最华美的礼物,它的尺寸之大,美丽之罕见令所有来客大为惊奇。但是自从宝石系到她身上那一该起,事情就开始变糟了。是事情的巧合还是宝石的恶运引起了那晚宴会后的紧张而奇怪的事情的发生呢?
首先要说的是,一个叫格弗雷的客人,他向雷切 尔求婚,但被拒绝了。格弗雷是一位成功的而且十分文雅的未婚男子。深受众女士的追求。在就餐期间,富兰克林提到自从他戒烟以来一直休息不好,而且一位当地的医生坎迪还主动给他开了一个药方,富兰克林认为医生只是向病人推荐药品,这种说法让坎迪医生十分懊恼。后来几个身着怪异服装的印度人来到了宴会现场主动给客人进行娱乐表演,但是他们并不专业而且行为诡异。
舞会结束后除富兰克林和格弗雷留下之外,其它所有人都离开了。在上床休息前,雷切尔把宝石放在客厅衣柜的抽屉里,但是第二天早上,宝石不见了。如此贵重的宝石居然丢失了,让雷切尔的母亲很困扰,于是她雇用了一位著名的侦探卡夫中士去调查这一偷窃事件。随着事情的发展,我们发现了那晚在房子里的有关人士的秘密和他们有关有可能偷宝石的理由。
起初,卡夫中士怀疑那些印度人。他发现他们不是真正的艺人,而是月亮宝石的追赶随者。他们追随月亮宝石,等待机会把它带回印度。侦探想搞清楚他们是否把宝石藏在房间的某个地方,等到每个人都睡着了,再找机会把它带走。
他继续询问有关舞会的问题,而且他知道了富兰克林和坎迪医生的争吵。他还听说格弗雷在雷切尔拒绝他的求婚后十分失望。是医生还是格弗雷拿走了宝石作为他们丢面子的报复呢?
仆人们也同样有偷宝石的机会。卡夫中士发现,女佣罗莎娜在雷切尔的母亲雇用她之前曾是个小偷,其它的佣人还报告说,她最近晚上经常在屋里做些什么直到很晚,而且经常独自一人外出散步。罗莎娜好像也很喜欢富兰克林。卡夫中士认为她拿走宝石要么是出于惯偷的原因,要么就是想引起雷切尔和富兰克林的分歧。
最后,卡夫中士还考虑到雷切尔和富兰克林。雷切尔执意拒绝卡夫中士对宝石的调查,好像她不想让宝石之谜被揭开。会是她自己偷了宝石吗?也许她欠什么债要还吧。富兰克林,从另一面看,他尽他的力量去帮助侦探,为什么在调查事件困扰着雷切尔的同时,他又是如此的热心呢?
卡夫中士得到一条极为重要的线索。他在雷切尔的客厅油渍未干的门上发现了一个舞会期间不存在的污点。不管是谁违了法,在他的衣服上都会留有污点。如果能找到那件带污点的衣服,他就将会找到偷宝石的那个贼。到底是谁偷了月亮宝石呢?
揭开月亮宝石之迷
月亮宝石事件是十分不寻常的。我知道答案就在雷切尔·韦林德家厅门上的油漆污点上,但是我找不到有污点的衣服。
当时雷切尔的行为十分诡异,尤其是当她拒绝回答我的问题时。我相信她偷走了自己的宝石而且罗沙娜也曾帮助了她。我没想是她的仆人拿走了雷切尔有污点的衣服,藏在了某个地方,然后又偷偷的在她的家里连夜做了一件新的。然而,后来发生的一切却证明我猜错了。
生日过后,雷切尔去了伦敦,在那里,格弗雷再次向她求婚,这次她接受了。然而,当她发现他债务累累,向她求婚只是为得到她的财富时,她又取消了订婚。这使我十分好奇。当我听说几个印度人攻击格弗雷时,我就更感兴趣了。我开始想弄清楚是不是我误解了雷切尔和罗沙娜。
富兰克林·布兰克,同时受到了罗沙娜的一封信,信中说:她知道富兰克林再月亮宝石丢失的那晚干了什么,当她打扫他住的房间时,看到了那见带有污点的衣服。她承认她藏匿了证据,因为她爱他了,不想让他招来麻烦。那封信使富兰克林大为困惑,他决定要把事情告诉雷切尔,即使她还在生她的气。当他们见面时,富兰克林听雷切尔说她看到了他拿走了宝石,但是她拒绝了我的质问去保护他时,他大为震惊。
富兰克林为这个消息心神不安。他是真的偷了雷切尔的宝石,而自己却忘记了。在我多年的侦破工作中,我从没有经历过一个小偷会如此的健忘。如果是他头的,他会把宝石藏在哪儿呢?
幸好坎迪医生提供了解决的方法。你还记得吗?在雷切尔生日宴会的那个晚上,富兰克林一直遭受缺少睡眠的痛苦,而且因为对医生的评论而惹怒了坎迪医生。后来。坎迪医生在富兰克林的饮料里加了鸦片,以便证明他的药方是起作用的。那晚富兰克林睡得很香,后来梦到了宝石,并在睡梦中,他把宝石拿回了他认为较为安全的地方—他自己的卧室。
富兰克林和雷切尔在发现富兰克林根本无罪后,都很高兴。他们如此高兴,我心里也很舒服,但是宝石毕竟丢了。在富兰克林的卧室里,我们没有找到宝石。那么,月亮宝石究竟在哪儿呢?他们请求我继续寻找,我也只好答应找下去。
这次我很成功而且终于找到了真正的小偷—格弗雷。事实证明那晚格弗雷也看到富兰克林拿走了宝石,而且他也知道,他自己要把宝石拿走,富兰克林将会受到指控。格弗雷也知道,宝石是解决他经济问题的最好方式,但是,那样也是他麻烦的开始。格弗雷在英国卖掉月亮宝石是不可能的,因为人人都知道宝石是偷的。他努力追求雷切尔,一心只是为钱,但是当雷切尔改变主意后,他别无选择只有去国外卖宝石了。
我的侦探工作最后把我带到了我能找到格弗雷的一条船上。但不幸的是,我到的太晚了:格弗雷死了,月亮宝石也不见了。
我很尴尬地承认我在调查中犯了许多错误:要是你能猜出是谁违了法,那么你就是比著名的卡夫中士个厉害的侦探。我一直没有找到宝石,我也证明不了是谁杀了格弗雷。然而,我想弄清究竟我所做的是否公正。格弗雷为他的犯罪付出昂贵的代价。他失去了宝石和生命,而富兰克林和雷切尔却深深相爱并准备结婚了。至于月亮宝石,我听说不知是怎么回事,它已经回到了它的故乡--印度,继续点缀在月亮神的前额上。Unit 15 Popular Youth Culture
Period 1 Words and Expressions
Aims:
1.Enable Ss to read the words correctly.
2.Learn the usages of the following words.
Precedures:
Step1Pre-learning Fill the blanks with the changeable words
1.voluntary(n)________________ 2.beneficial(v)___________________
3.satisfaction(adj)______________ (n)_________________
4.communist(n)_________________ 5.donation(v)_______________
6.adjust(n) __________________ 7.rich(v) ________________
8.recent (adv) ________________ 9.fashion (adj)_________________
10.possess (n)__________________ 11.melt (pt,pp) _________________
12.enthusiasm (adj) _______________ 13.week (adj) _______________
13.breath (adj) ________________ 14.starve (n) ______________
Step 2 Words
1.acknowledge vt. 为…表示感谢;承认
(1) acknowledge +n Do you _________defeat
(2)acknowledge doing
对手们承认输了. The opponents____________ having been defeated.
(3)acknowledge +n. +as /to be…认为…是…
I ____________your statement to be true.
He is_____________ to be one of the greatest writers.
(4)acknowledge that
The opponents _____________that they were defeated.
可跟动词ing形式的动词及词组(熟记)
admit appreciate avoid consider cannot help delay deny dislike enjoy escape excuse feel like finish forgive give up imagine keep mention mind miss postpone put off practise resist risk suggest
2. Company n. 1) 友谊; 交情;陪伴
他陪伴我。 He kept me_____________
2) 伴侣;同伴
我在旅行中没有同伴。 I had no company on the journey.
"Two's____________, three's none."两人成伴三人不欢。
in the company of在...陪同下
3.Make a / one’s contribution to / towards + n /doing
为环境保护作贡献是我们的义务.
It is our duty to make a contribution to protecting the environment.
Phrases with prep “to”
习惯于 沉溺于 与...相关
着手做 导致 反对
全神贯注于 胜任 献身于
引起 盼望 注意
坚持 处理;照料 通向
负责 为...做贡献
接近,进入(某地的)方法
4. apply v 申请,请求
apply (to sb) for sth.
我被一所一般人都不敢报名的重点大学录取了
I was admitted to a key university to which few dared to____________
apply sth. (to sth.)运用,应用
这项研究成果能应用于新的技术开发方面
The results of this research can be ____________to new development in technology.
5. fit in be in harmony with sb./sth适合,配合,谐调,一致
This information does not ___________with what I was told yesterday.
You should_____________ with other employees.(与…和睦相处
6.straight away /off : without hesitation /delay=immediately/right away
也可写成 straightaway (adv.)
I can’t tell you straight away.
I can’t tell you straightaway.
7.whereas conj.然而, 反之, 鉴于, 尽管, 但是
有些人喜欢肥肉,相反有些人讨厌肥肉。Some people like fat meat, ___________others hate it.
他们想要一座房子, 而我们宁愿住在一套房间里。
They want a house,______________ we would rather live in a flat.
8.Starve
starve to death starve for sth. (eg. love, food) be starved of
发动机没有汽油,启动不了.The engine was ___________of petrol and wouldn’t start.
9. due 的用法
adj. 1)预定的,预期的 The president is due to speak on the radio at 3:30 p.m..
2)到期应尝付 One question is how much money is due to be paid.
due to prep. 因为,归因于 The game was put off due to rain.
Step3 Dictaion
1.scheme _____________ 2.denim ________________
3.cowboy________________ 4 fashionable _______________
5 adolescent ______________ 6 承认 __________________
7热心,热情____________ 8有益的_______________
9 值得的 _________________ 10 制服________________
11 调节 _________________ 12 鉴于__________________
13 随便的 ________________ 14自愿的________________
15成熟___________________
Step4 Exercise
I.Learn some new words and phrases: match the meaning and the words
benefits admit ; express thanks for
acknowledge feeling as if everything were turning round optimistic having realization by oneself
dizzy give a motive to
self-awareness tendency to look up the bright side of things
motivation as a result of
consequence advantage, help, profit
II Choices
1.You can ask him again if you like, but it won’t make any ___,-- he’ll still say no.
A. adjustment B. decision
C. contribution D. difference
2. I wouldn’t think it ___to ask him to ___ the club,--he’ll only refuse.
A. worthwhile, join B. worthwhile, join in
C. worth, join D. worthy, join in
3. You can’t expect a baby to ___your exciting routine.
A. fit in with B. fit on
C. fit up with D. fit in
4. She has never done anything for them, ___they have done everything for her.
A. when B. as C. whereas D. because
5. He was eager ___work for he could not imagine life without it.
A. at B. for C. on D. of
6.I will fit my arrangements ___yours.
A. with B. in C. in with D. to
7. He is badly wounded and I’ll apply some medicine ___his wound.
A. for B. to C. with D. on
8. She is ___as their best tennis-player.
A. made B. received
C. acknowledged D. adjusted
9.without more coal ___the fire,it would soon go out.
A. added to B. added
C. adding to D. added up to
10.This matter is very urgent. Please deal with it straight ___.
A. away B. on C. down D. up
11. Our boss is too strict with us. I can’t ___ in with the work situation here.
A. get B. fit C.make D. take
12.You are still too young, so I don’t ___of your going abroad alone.
A. agree B. support C. admit D.approve
13.You’d better give up that idea because it has ___ out of fashion.
A.fallen B. dropped C. thrown D. gone
14. As a music star,John is very ___with many young fans.
A. received B. popular C. welcome D. known
15.This position is really very good. How many people have ___it
A.applied for B. called for
C. sent for D. made for
16. You should go all out to make contributions ___the pollution.
A.for preventing B. to prevent
C. to preventing D. preventing
Period 2 Reading
Teaching Aims:
1.Train the students’ reading ability by reading the passage
2.Learn some useful words and expressions.
3.Help the students know much about voluntary work.
Teaching important points:
1. Help the students grasp the main idea of the passage and understand the passage better.
2. Learn and master the useful words and expressions in this period.
Teaching difficult points:
1. How to help the students improve their reading ability.
2. How to master the language points in the passage.
Teaching procedures:
Step1 Fast reading
阅读本单元课文,完成下列各题:
1细枝末节
1.Volunteers refer to ______.
A .people who are willing to help others
B. people ho devote their time to helping others
C. people who donate their time to help to others
D. all of the above
2 Volunteer do voluntary work in order to _____.
A. make a money B. make a contribution to society
C. kill time D. become healthy
3. ______volunteers are mentioned in the text.
A. One B. Two C. Three D. Four
4The idea of blue trousers called jeans came from ______.
A. Europe B. Two C. Three D. Four
5.. People began to buy jeans for fashion beside for work ______.
A. in the 1900s B. in 1930
C. in the 1930s D. in the 1920s
6. _______ introduced jeans to the world.
A. American government B. American soldiers
C. American cowboys D. American workers
2.主旨大意.
7. Text One mainly tells us_____.
A. voluntary work is interesting B. voluntary work is demanding
C. voluntary work can make a difference not only to the helped people but also to the volunteers themselves whatever kind it is
D. how to do voluntary work
3. 推理判断
8 From Text One we can infer that voluntary work is worth doing for ______.
A. only young people B. healthy people
C. people with knowledge D. almost all people
9. From Text Two we can infer ______
A. jeans will be less popular
B. jeans will disappear
C. jeans will still be popular
D. jeans will be out of fashion
Step2 Careful reading: read the passage and finish the form below
volunteers when For whom What to do
Step3.Reading
List all the benefits mentioned in the text , if possible, add more.
Benefits to volunteer
Benefits to people helped
Step 3 Discussion
Would you like to be a volunteer
What kind of voluntary work would you like to do
What benefits does it bring to you and the people who are helped After discussion and ask: What does the sign stands for
Step 4 Homework
1. Read the passage and remember new words and phrases.
2.workbook EX3
Period 3 Language Points
Aims: 1 Review the text
2 Learn the language points and remember the useful expressions
3.Finish the following exercises
Step 1 Fill the blank according to the text
He is a _______—a person who _______his time to help others. After he graduated from university, he decided not to __________a job _________.Instead he taught in ________ areas to help children there receive good education. And education is __________to________, so his work is making a big difference to the children’s future.
Step2 Language points
1.On the annual International Volunteers Day, the world acknowledges the work of millions of people who give their time to help others.(P129Para1).
acknowledge: vt 为…表示感谢,承认( admit ; express thanks for)
(1) acknowledge +n. Do you acknowledge defeat
(2) acknowledge +doing (不接不定式)
The opponents acknowledged having been defeated.
(3) acknowledge +n. +as /to be…认为…是…
I acknowledge your statement to be true.
He is acknowledged to be one of the greatest writers.
(4) acknowledge +that…
The opponents acknowledged that
2. …of Chinese youth who want to make a contribution to society, and the work they are doing is important.(P129 Para1)
make a contribution/ contributions to / towards + n /doing
It is our duty to make a contribution to protecting the environment.
以下to都是介词
be used to be equal to devote oneself to get down to
lead to look forward to pay attention to stick to see to
3.When Lin Ying graduated from Zhengzhou Normal University, she decided not to apply for a job straight away. (P130 Para1)
straight away /off : without hesitation /delay=immediately/right away
也可写成 straightaway (adv.)I can’t tell you straight away. / I can’t tell you straightaway.
4.Coming to another country to study requires a big adjustment and it takes a while to fit in.(P130 Para2)
fit in: be in harmony with sb./sth(使)互相适合,处得融洽;定时间去看某人或做某事) She doesn’t fit in with the rest of the class.
Doctor white can fit you in on Thursday afternoon.
5.Since then jeans have been through many different changes in style.(134 Para4)
be through 经历 be through with 结束
go through 经历,经受;仔细检查,用完, 被通过,参加,履行
The country have been through too many wars.
When will you be through with your homework
I went through the students’ papers last night.
The experiment went through two stages.
Their plans went through.
6. Jeans are the first choice for 72% of those in the 15-19 age group, whereas less than half of the teenagers in the UK wear other types of casual trousers.(P134 Last)
whereas : conj. While , but in contrast
He is ill, whereas I am only a little tired.
He was poor, whereas his brother was very rich.
8. add 的用法:
1)add…to…把…加到…上
She added some sugar to the tea.
2)add to增加,增添
The bad weather added to our difficulties.
3) add up把…加起来
Please add up all the money.
4) add up to 总数是,总计是
All the money he has adds up to no more than one hundred yuan.
Step3. grammar---adverbial clause
Look at the sentences above and tell us what kind of adverbial clause they are and words they use.
时间 after when while as soon as as before
原因 because as since now that
条件 if unless as /so long as in case
目的 in order to so...that in order that
让步 although no matter how
方式 as if /though
what other adverbial clauses do you know
比较 than as…as the more…the more
地点 where wherever
结果 so…that that so that such…that
高考对状语从句内容的考查主要表现在下列三个方面
1, 从理解句意出发,正确判断状语从句的类型,选好连词。
eg 1.() the poor young manis ready to accept________help he can get.
A whichever B however C whatever D whenever
2. () If the shop has chairs_____ women can park their men, women will spent more time in the shop.
A that B which C when D where
3.() I walked in the garden,_____Tom and Jim were trying a big sign onto one of the trees.
A which B when C where Dthat
4.() We were told that we should follow the main road _______we reach the centrial railway station.
A whenver B untill C while D whereever
5.() Roses need spicial care ______they can live through winter.
A because B so ...that C even if D as
2, 抓准从句和主句之间时态的呼应。
I don t like to be interrupted if I________.
A spoke B am speaking C will speak D speak
I wonder if he _____ us, and I think if he _____ us we ll be able to complete the task ahead of time.
A will help , will help B helps, will help
C will help, helps D helps , helps
3, 注意状语从句与非谓语动词作状语的联系和区别,以及在含有比较状语从句的复合句中,主句程度状语的位置。
1.________ the letter, tears came to my eyes.
A To read B Reading C Having read D While I was reading
2.The factory producted_______TV sets in 2004 as the year before.
A as twice many B as many twice C twice as many Dtwice many as
3. __________more attention, the flowers could grow better.
A Giving B.Having given C.Given D Having giving
Step4 Exercise
1.Choose the best answer
( ) 1. The man had to wait all day_____ the doctor works fast.
A if B whether C unles D that
( ) 2. He won’t go to the party_____invited.
A as if B when C even though D if
( ) 3. It will not be long ______ we can have a trip to the moon.
A that B after C until D before
( ) 4. ________, I am sure he is honest.
A No matter people say B What people say
C whatever people say D It doesn’t matter people say
( ) 5.I didn’t see your sister at the meeting. If she _____, she would have met my brother.
A has come B did come C came D had come
( )6. ----Did you catch the first bus this morning
------No, it had left the stop ______ I got there.
A as soon as B at the time C by the time D. during the time
( ) 7. ________ we have finished the book we shall start doing some exercises.
A For now B Since that C Now that D Since now
( ) 8. No sooner had she seen a blind man_____ she got up from her seat.
A when B then C than D so
( )9. _______he said he was my friend, ________ he wouldn’t help me.
A Since , and B As , because C Though , yet D Though , but
( A ) 10. Please do exactly ______your doctor says.
A as B whether C that Dwhile
( )11. The work is complete earlier________
A than we expected B as we expected
C than we had expected D like we expected
( )12. We put the corn ______ the bird could find it easily.
A such B where C of which D there
( ) 13 _______completed, this railway will jion many industrial cities to seaport.
A Until B While C When D After
( ) 14.Speak to her slowly _______ she can catch you.
A because B so that C for D since
( )15. _______he is _______he can do something that grown-ups do.
A A boy, as B A boy , though
C Boy as, yet D Boy as , but
( )16. I was doing my home work ______ someone _____at the door.
A when, knocked B as, was knocking
C while, was knocking D but, knocked
( )17. Did you remember to give Mary the money you owed her
Yes, I gave it to her_________ I saw her.
A while B the moment C suddenly D once
2.Translate the Chinese parts into English to complete these sentences.
1.____________________(为了帮助 )my disableed aunt ,Ispend an hour working in her house every day.
2. The next day we went almost__________(跑) all the way back home.
3. We often work in pairs___________________(问答)questions.
4._____________( 脱下)his over coat, he came over to us and sat down.
5._______________(比较)with some other professors, she was an excellent speaker.
6._______________(看)from a distance, the farmhouse looked deserted.
7.______________ (结束)the 100’meter race, he was out of breath.
8.___________________ (被关进了笼子)the fox was unable to get away again.
Period4: Integrating skills Denim jeans
Teaching Aims:
1. Read the passage about denim jeans to improve the students’ reading ability.
2. Learn how to design a questionnaire and conduct a survey.
3. Write a report to improve the students’ writing ability.
Teaching important points
1. How to improve the students’ integrating skills
2. Help the students to know how to conduct a survey and write a report.
Teaching difficult point
How to help the students improve their integrating skills.
Teaching procedures
Step1. lead-in
As we know , jeans today are becoming more and more popular. There’s so many new styles every year. Please look the screen.
Show them some pictures on the screen.
Which do you prefer Why
(wide or narrow legs, jeans with holes/ flowers ,tight fitting or loose, coloured , dark blue or light blue, )
Step2 Reading
1. Where do jeans come from
2. How were they invented
3. Why did people in the past like to wear jeans Is this still true today
4. What is the symbol of denim jeans
5.Explain in English whereas approve of
1) He is ill, whereas I am only a little tired.
whereas : conj. While , but in contrast
2) Our parents didn’t approve of our playing games on Sundays.
approve of : be pleased with
Step3. Discussion
Read the last paragraph and tell us what’s about
It’s a survey report on jeans and fashion in the UK.
So find the different ways to describe numerical ideas, useful expressions and conj.
Eg. 6 out of ten 46% 15-19 age group less than half
Add more: 6 in ten a quarter a third half most nearly all
Useful expressions: a recent survey found that/…according to our survey
In the UK for example
Jeans are the first choice for those
It seems likely that
PAGE
4Unit10 American literature 教案示例(1)
Warming up, listening and speaking
(一)主题任务(Core tasks)
根据本单元的中心主题,建议设计以下主题任务。
美国文学手册
活动时间:在学完本单元之后
活动形式:个人活动、小组活动、全班活动
语言知识要求:本单元词汇和日常交际用语
语言技能要求:听、说、读、写
活动过程:
1.选择内容。所要编写的手册为“美国文学”专辑。活动步骤如下:
1)把全班分成几个小组,每个小组选择一个方面的内容进行研究;
2)小组的每个成员围绕小组的中心内容,自己选择表现形式,搜集并整理有关信息;
3)在小组范围内交流有关内容,相互间提出修改意见并做适当修改。
2.选择栏目。例如:
1)文学主题:American Indians,Slavery,Pioneers,the American Civil War等;
2)原著节选:诗歌、小说、戏剧等;
3)电影欣赏:Gone with the Wind, The old Man and the Sea等;
4)著名作家:Dudley Randall,Jack London, Mark Twain,Ernest Hemingway等。
3.编辑制作:
1)每组选择一个代表向全班通报该组的进展情况,汇报内容包括:搜集到的主要内容(提纲或题目)、采取的主要形式等;
2)通过交流和讨论,把各组内容在全班范围内分类整合。根据形式与内容,决定所出手册的辑数。每辑都必须内容丰富,形式多样。
3)参与同一辑的同学为一组,讨论版式、标题,并进行分工,其中有一人担任主编,一人担任美编,所有同学都要参与抄写或打印;
4)在全班进行美国文学手册评比。
(二)热身(Warming up)
该部分教学要注意以下几个方面:
1.诵读。要求学生反复朗诵该诗,甚至可以要求学生背诵。熟话说得好,“书读三遍,其义自现”。要求学生诵读时注意节奏,体会韵味。
2.理解关键词。诗中的the Old Country,kings
and queens,common people,pigs等指的是什么 诗人为何不用take,而用steal,妙在何处
3.体会心情。该诗表达了诗人什么样的心情 是自豪,愤怒,还是悲伤 要求学生细细品味,说明理由。
4.展开联想。要求学生讲述童话中的国王或王子的故事。理解诗人在最后一节所用的比喻的含义和意境。
5.丰富阅读。教师可以提供,也可以让有条件的学生利用图书或网络资源,阅读更多的达德利·兰德尔的诗。例如:
BALLAD OF BIRMINGHAM
In the Ballad of Birmingham,Randall conjures one of the most vivid and vicious chapters from the civil rights movement:the bombing of a church in 1963 that wounded 21 and killed four girls.The poem begins with a dialogue between a mother and her daughter during which,ironically,the mother forbids the daughter to march for freedom,fearing that street violence will erupt.Instead,she gives permission for the daughter to sing in the children’s choir at their church.How could the mother know,of course,that the streets,that day, might have offered some relative safety The tragedy,a central feature of many ballads,becomes especially clear and sad at the end,when the mother searches for her missing daughter.The poem can speak for itself:
“Mother dear.may I go downtown
instead of out to play,
and march the streets of Birmingham
in a Freedom March today ”
“No,baby,no,you may not go,
for the dogs are fierce and wild,
and clubs and hoses,guns and jails
ain’t good for a little child.”
“But,mother,I won’t be alone.
Other children will go with me,
and march the streets of Birmingham
to make our country free.”
“No,baby,no,you may not go,
for I fear those guns will fire.
But you may go to church instead
and sing in the children's choir.”
She has combed and brushed her night dark hair,
and bathed rose petal sweet,
and drawn white gloves on her small brown hands,
and white shoes on her feet.
The mother smiled to know her child
was in the sacred place,
but that smile was the last smile
to come upon her face.
For when she heard the explosion,
her eyes grew wet and wild.
She raced through the streets of Birmingham
calling for her child.
She clawed through bits of glass and brick,
then lifted out a shoe.
“O,here’s the shoe my baby wore.
but,baby,where are you ”
(三)听力(Listening)
该部分教学注意做好以下几个方面的铺垫:
1.从学生提高英语口语能力的方法入手,交流各自的做法和心得,讨论这些方法的优势和不足;
2.设想英语阅读俱乐部的活动内容,与学生曾经采用过的方法进行比较;
3.讨论文学作品的形式,以及他们在英语学习中的作用;
4.列举实例帮助学生理解short stories,detective stories,adapted novels和classical literature;
5.介绍杰克·伦敦和马克·吐温。
(四)口语(Speaking)
该部分教学可以由学生讨论What is a good story开始:
1.故事的结构。好的故事首先应该是完整的。故事要有开头、中间和结尾。教师可以这样介绍:
All good stories have a beginning,a middle and an end.Some stories even end up in the same place they started.For example,in The Adventures of Tom Sawyer, the story begins with Tom at home.During the course of the story, Tom travels from one place to another,and has all kinds of adventures,and ends up back at home.So, before you begin to tell a story. sit and think for a little while about the beginning,middle and the end of your story.
2.人物。故事中的人物可以是人、动物或事物。教师可以提供以下问题供学生参考:
Who is your main character
What does he,she or it like and dislike
What does your character look like
What is your character’s personality
人物要鲜活就必须要有个性。下面的网状图有助于学生把握人物的个性特征:
3.背景。教师可以提供以下问题,启发学生确定故事发生的时间、地点等:
Where does the story take place,in New York,in a back yard,or some place completely from your imagination
When does the story take place,in the past,in the present or in the future
Has the setting helped develop the main character’s personality
How does the setting impact your main character’s problem
4.矛盾。教师可以提供以下问题:
What is your main character’s problem
Is the problem big enough SO that it will take a whole story to solve it
Does the setting influence the problem
What steps does your hero take to solve the problem
5.结尾。好的故事必须要有一个好的结尾。下面的方法有助于学生学会结束故事。
The best ending is when the hero i s about to give up but solves the problem at the 1ast minute.
Hint 1:It’s best if the story’s hero solves the problem on his or her own.
Him 2:Look back at your character web to see if one of your hero’s characteristics can help solve the problem.It’s great if one of the hero’s faults turns out to be a strength that leads to the resolution of the story.
教师可以提供以下问题:
How does your main character finally solve the problem
What helps him/her solve the problem
What can he/she do if he/she cannot solve the problem alone
有了以上讨论的基础,学生便可按照口语部分的要求,选择一幅图讨论自己爱读哪一类故事。
Unit10 American literature 教案示例(2)
Reading and Integrated skills
(五)读前(Pre-reading)
阅读课文改编自欧·亨利(O Henry)的一个短篇故事,在阅读之前,教师可以向学生介绍作者的有关情况。“语言学习”部分有两篇文章介绍欧·亨利,以下信息可以成为该练习的补充。
●He was born on September 11, 1862 in North Carolina,where he spent his childhood.
● An highly praised master of short stories and tales.
● Starting in 1895 he wrote a column for the Houston Daily Post.
● In early 1896 he was charged with embezzling funds.
● O Henry wrote with realistic detail based on his first-hand experiences both in Texas and in New York City.
● In 1907.he published many of his Texas stories in The Heart of the West.
●He moved to New York City.where over the next ten years before his death in 1910,he published over 300 stories and gained worldwide praise as America's favorite short story writer.
●He died on June 5,1910 in New York City at the age of forty seven.An alcoholic,he died virtually penniless.
(六)阅读(Reading)
阅读课文改编自欧·亨利的《麦琪的礼物》(The gift of the Magi)。
教师可以从以下几个方面设计问题,帮助学生理解前半部分的故事情节,后半部分参阅“综合技能”中的“阅读”部分。
Main Character - Who is your story about
Della and Jim,a poor couple
Setting - When does the story take place
The day before Christmas.
The Problem - What is the challenge your character must face and overcome
Della wants to buy Jim a Christmas gift,and Jim wants to buy Della a gift.
Resolution - How does the main character finally solve the problem
Delia sells her long,beautiful hair for twenty dollars,with which she buys a gold watch chain for Jim.Jim sells his gold watch and buys a set of combs for Della’s long hair.
(七)读后(Post-reading)
本作品的写作手法独特,语言生动并富有寓意。教师可以设计以下练习帮助学生欣赏作者的写作方法和丰富的语言。
1.故事中的主人翁遇到的主要困难是没有钱买圣诞礼物。作者没有直接用very poor来说明女主人.公的处境,而是把这一信息渗透在字里行间,教师可以让学生找出描述Della一贫如洗的词语和句子,品味作者的写作手法。
2.心理描写增添了文学作品的可读性。阅读下面的句子并回答其后的问题,理解Della的心理活动:
1)She stood by the window and looked out at a grey cat walking along a grey fence in a grey backyard,
What does the color “grey” tell you
2)Suddenly Della walked to the mirror.Her eyes were shining.
What does the word “shining” tell you
3)And then she quickly did it up again.She hesitated for a minute and stood still while a tear or two fell on the worn red carpet.
Why did Della do her hair up What do the words “hesitate” and “still” tell you
4)She… ran Out the door and down the stairs to the street.Della ran up one flight of stairs…“Give it to me quick,”said Della.
Why did she run What does the word “quick” tell you
5)The next two hours she was searching the stores for Jim’s present….she had turned all of them inside out.
How do you understand the word “search” and the phrase “inside out”
6)…she hurried home with the 87 cents.
Why did she hurry
7)She looked at herself in the mirror for a long time.
What w as she probably thinking about when she was looking at herself in the mirror
这是一组欣赏题,也是一组开放题。对于文学作品的理解,仁者见仁,智者见智,教师应该鼓励学生提出自己的看法。
(八)语言学习(Language study)
词汇学习部分的教学中,教师要提醒学生注意两个方面:
1.充分理解上下文;
2.注意所给词语的形式变化。
Unit10 American literature 教案示例(3)
Grammar
语法部分复习动词时态的用法。
本套教材要求学生掌握八个时态,即一般现在时、一般过去时、一般将来时、现在进行时、过去进行时、过去将来时、现在完成时、过去完成时,并理解现在完成进行时,《普通高中英语课程标准》提出“高中阶段的语法教学,应从语言运用的角度出发,把语言的形式、意义和用法有机地结合起来。要引导学生在语境中了解和掌握语法的表意功能。”
英语的时态对于中国学生来讲有一定的难度,教学中要注意以下几个方面:
1.时态和时间不能简单地一一对应。
不同的时态可以表示同一个时间。例如,除一般将来时外,下列各种时态和表达方式也可以表达将来时间:
时态 条件 时间/意义 例句
一般现 在时 表示“出发”、“开始”、“来往”的动词,如go,come,start,leave,return,arrive,sail等,并常和表示将来时间的副词连用 表达根据时刻表或计划的将来事件 John gets back from the south tonight.The play begins at 7:30。The Bonds start on their trip tomorrow.
在时间或条件状语从句中 代替一般将来时 He will be happy when he hears the good news.If it rains tomorrow,1 will stay at home.
动词hope后面的宾语从句中 可以代替一般将来时 I hope everything is/will be OK.
be about to + do=be on the point of + doing 表达很近的将来 She is about to start on a journey.
be going to + do 表达计划或推断 I am going to write Jane this evening.It’s going to rain.
表达式 be to + do 表达计划或说话人的意志 John and Mary are to meet us at the airport.You are to bring my baggage.
may,can,must,need,dare,should,ought to,would rather,had better等情态动词 含有情态意义 She may come to my office this afternoon.You must hand in your report the day after tomorrow.
现在完成时 在时间或条件状语从句中 表达将来完成 He will return the book as soon as he has finished reading it.
现在进行时 表示“来往”的动词等 表达现在的安排或计划未来要做的事 We are leaving here tomorrow.Are you staying here till next week
2.区别时态和虚拟语气。
有时,虚拟语气采用了和时态相同的表达方式,但表达的时间和含义都不一样。例如:
If it had not rained so hard yesterday,we would have played tennis.
该句中的had rained形式上是过去完成时,但表达的时间不是过去时间之前的行为,而是过去时间的行为。该句表达一个与事实相反的假设。
3.下面的时态容易混淆。
1)一般过去时与现在完成时
He bought a house ten years ago.
该句只告诉我们,他十年前买了栋房子,现在是否还拥有那栋房子就说不定了。
He has bought a house.
该句告诉我们,他已经买了栋房子,而且现在仍然拥有那栋房子。
2)表达将来时间的时态
He leaves tomorrow.
该句表达客观安排。
He will leave tomorrow.
该句表达将来时间一定发生的事。
He is leaving tomorrow.=He will be leaving tomorrow.
该句表达主语的主观安排。
注:表示不确定的将来,常用将来进行时。例如:
1 will be meeting my uncle(some day)next month.
3)现在完成时与现在完成进行时
I have waited for two hours.
该句着重时间。
I have been waiting for two hours.
该句着重动作的持续性。
(九)综合技能(Integrating skills)
该部分的“阅读”可以和阅读课文一起教,因为,这两部分讲的是一个故事。
“写作”部分教学注意以下几个方面:
1.讨论:What is a summary
It is a fairly brief restatement — IN YOUR OWN WORDS — of the contents of a text.
2.介绍写好“摘要”步骤。
1)通读全文,摘录以下信息:
故事背景(Setting)
故事人物(Character)
故事情节(Plot)
2)写草稿。第一句话可以包含作者、题目、故事梗概等;最后可以发表一点评论。
3)修改。看内容是否忠实于原文,语法和拼写是否正确。
4)润色。看语言是否地道,上下文是否流畅。必要时添加适当的过渡词语。Unit 1 That must be a record
Period 1 warming-up
Step 1
something about The Guinness Book of World Records
The Guinness Book of World Records is a world famous collection of records in human life ,including alll specific skills.
What is the longest song title Who is the tallest living human being What is the rarest stamp The answers to these questions, and more, can be found at today's Family Site. Called The Guinness Book of Records, this is a site that represents an organization that for years has recorded events and stunts from all over the world. The desire of human beings to be the fastest, or tallest, or have that smallest or largest of an item are the bread and butter of this group.
At this site, you can find out about the latest record setting attempts and in what categories, search for existing records, find out the schedule of their television show, and suggest ideas for new categories or records.
This site is really interesting, one that you can spend an hour or two and be thoroughly entertained. By the way, the longest song title is a 1946 song by Hoagy Carmichael called "I'm a Cranky Old Yank in a Clanky Old Tank on the Streets of Yokohama with my Honolulu Mama Doing Those Beat-o, Beat-o, Flat on my Seat-o Hirohito Blues". Or it was the last time I looked. As for the other answers, you can find those for yourself at the site.
The book of records has been renewed each year and has been bought and enjoyes in 141 countries around the worls .The 262 editions and 35 languanges it has used ,may be a record itself.
Who got the idea to write the Guinness Book of World Records
In 1951, Sir Hugh Beaver, the then managing director of the Guinness Brewery, went on a shooting party and became involved in an argument. Which was the fastest game bird in Europe the golden plover or the grouse He realized then that a book supplying the answers to this sort of question might prove popular. He was right!
Step 2
Take the quiz below and see whether you can guess the answer
1. The lowest temperature ever recorded on Earth is __________.
A. –75.4℃ B. –89.2 ℃ C. –110.7 ℃
(-128.6°F) at the Russian Base in Vostock in Antarctica on July 21, 1983
2. The world’s tallest man is ________
A. 2.35m B. 2.45m C. 2.55
(America's Robert Wadlow who still towers above the rest at 8ft 11.1 inches. )
3. The youngest college graduate
was_______
A.10 years old B 12 years old C. 14 years old
4. The highest number of goals
in a soccer career is ______
A. 1279 B,546 C. 3850
5. The longest beard is _________
A. 73cm B. 1.83 cm C. 2.33
6. The longest lecture lasted _______
A. 32.5 h B. 62.5h C. 82.5h
Step 3 listening
answer the questions in the SB
posssible answers:
1, large, big ,short,great,long,giant,small,tiny,strong , thin,….
2. reach, up to,speed, kilometre,hour,second,minute,metre,mile, per, fast,slow…
3.tall people; easy to reach sth, waste coth
short pepole : smart quick,difficult to reach sth.
Finish the Exs in the SB
Step 4 speaking
ask the students to work in pairs to have a dissussion
Period 2and 3 reading
Step1. Pre –reading : answer the questions in the Sb
Step2. Scanning
1. Who was Sir Hugh Beaver
2.When was the first edition of Guinness Book of World Records published
Match the general idea of each paragraph.. Chinese record
2. The first edition of Guinness Book of World Record
3. Records from the world of sports
4. Records of different categories
5. How to set a record
6. Why are people so interested in records
Step 3 carefully reading
1. Who got the idea to write the Guinness Book of World Records
2. When was the first edition of the Guinness Book of World Records published
3. How are records collected in the book Please give 3 examples.
4. Why are people so interested in world records
5. How can you try to set a record
posssible answers:
1. Sir. Hugh Beaver.
2. In 1955.
3. The Guinness Book of World Records has chapters on the human body, amazing feats, the natural world, science and technology , arts and the media, modern society, travel and transport, and sports and games.
Examples: Tian’anmen Square is the largest square in the world.
the longest moustache reached a length of 1.6 metres.
the longest poisonous snake is 5.71 metres long.
4. Because we are curious about the records and also entertained by accounts of strange and unusual deeds and facts.
5. First contact the Guinness Book of World Records.
Then the editors will send you rules and the form you need to apply the record after their discussion.
Afterwards a Guinness official will come to inspect your attempt.
If you are successful, the official will confirm the record and give you a certificate.
Step 4
Match each of the sentence below with a paragraph in the reading.
A . The Guinness Book of World Records is popular because people enjoy reading about strange facts and exciting achievements.
B. The editors of the book collect all the records and put them into different groups.
C. Sir Hugh Beaver decided to write the book as the result of an argument with a friend.
D. Even though the records themselves are amazing, the stories of the people who set the records are often even more interesting.
E. A new Guinness world record will only be accepted if it is safe and has been done according to the rules.
F. “ I just love reading about people who do amazing things, such as swimming a long river or running across a country. The stories inspire me and are fun to read.
Step 5 T or F.
1. The Guinness company began to the Guinness Book of World Records in the 1950s.
2. More than 60,000 new records are printed in the book each year.
3. An Englishman balanced a small car weighing 159.6 kilogrammes on his head for 33 seconds.
4. Lance Armstrong’s speed record is more impressive than his struggle against his disease.
5.The records that are dangerous to the person who is attempting it or to others are not allowed in the book.
6. The records in the Guinness Book of World Records are including different areas of people’s life.
Step 6 post- reading
Answer the following questions.
1. How did Sir Hugh Beaver come up with the idea for Guinness Book of World Records
2 .What Guinness record were set in Urumqi and Hong Kong
3. How long is the longest moustache in the world
4. What are the categories in Guinness Book of World Records
5. Why are Lance Armstrong’s records special
6. What types of record attempts are not allowed
7. Why do you think many people are interested in world records
How much do you know about Guinness and the world record
If you want to set a record, what kind of record would you like to
posssible answers:
1. He first wanted to settle an argument about the fastest bird in Europe.After talking to his friends, he concluded that a book which answered such questions might popular.
2. Urumqi is the most remote city from the sea ; A special and delicious record was set in 1997 to celebrate Hong Kong’s return to China.
3. 1.6 meters
4. human body,amazing feats,the natural world,science and technology,arts and the media,model society,travel and transport,and sports and games.
5. It fades next to the story of Armstrong’s struggle against disease.
6.Records that are dangerous to the person who is attempting it or to others
7.Because we want to know what is possible and find out just how far we can push ourselves and are also entertained by accounts of strange and unusual deeds and facts.
Step 7 Language points
1. conclude vt. conclude that…. conclusion n.
come to the conclusion that... 所得结论是..., 断定
draw the conclusion得出结论,推断
leap / jump to a conclusion 冒然断定, 过早下结论
in conclusion = lastly 最后,总之
eg: In conclusion I’ d like to say that you did it very well.
2.set sth. down 写下来
eg: Why don’t you set your idea down on paper
set sb. down 停车让人下车
eg: The bus stopped to set down an old lady.
I’ll set you down on the corner of the street.
set about sth./doing sth.做手某事/做某事=set out to do开始干
set off 出发
set aside 不理会;搁置;存储=put away
set foot in/on 踏上
set fire to sth./set sth on fire 防火烧掉…
set up 成立;建造
be set in 以…为背景
3. keep track of sb./ sth.
eg: It’s hard to keep track of all one’s old school friends.
lose track of
eg: lose track of time 说不准现在的确切时间
4. balance 天平
eg: Have you brought something to weigh the flesh A balance
平衡 eg: balance of nature
keep/lose one’s balance 谐调,匀称
eg: All the parts of the building are in perfect balance. 余额
eg: I must check my bank balance. v. 使……保持平衡
eg: How long can you balance on one foot 结算
eg: balance an account / one’s books 结帐 等价,抵消
eg: This year’s profits will balance our previous losses.
5. stand out明显;醒目
突出;杰出 ; 坚持;支撑eg: to stand out a crisis挨过危机
Stand still ! 站住,不许动!stand by 在场;靠近; 袖手旁观
(无线 电台或军事方面)待命,准备行动 ; 试图援助;极力支持 忠于;信守
eg: to stand by one's promise
遵守诺言 stand down退出竞选;离开证人席
stand for代表,表示;意指; 容忍;允许
stand in当替身;代替 stand up耐久;耐用; 成立
eg: Will the charge stand up in court
这个指控在法庭上能成立吗?
stand up for维护;拥护;支持
6.next to
1) 在……旁边He lives next to me.
2) 跟在……之后 Next to skiing her favorite sport was ice-hockey.
我最喜欢的运动是滑雪,其次是冰球。
3) 几乎,近于next to impossible 几乎不可能
next to last 倒数第二
7.Impressive as the record is, it fades next to the story of Armstrong’s struggle against disease.
As 引导让步状语从句(部分倒装)
Impressive as the record is = Though the record is impressive
Eg:他很恼火,却能耐心地听我说话。
Angry as he was, he listened to me patiently.虽然阳光灿烂,天气却很冷。
The air was cold, bright as the sun was.
8. in the first place首先, 第一点
in the last place最后in the next place其次, 第二点
in place of 代替, 用...而不用… in places在某些地方, 有几处in one’s place
9. make for 可造成,可成为,有好处
eg: The large print makes for easier reading.大字排版使阅读轻松些。 早起有利于健康吗?Does early rising make for good health
10.head 前往;朝向 更常用 head for
eg: When I saw the car heading for me, I stepped aside.
Clouds are gathering. I think we’d better head for the hotel in case it starts to rain.
11. a dozen of 一打, 十二个 a dozen (of) eggs但 a dozen of those apples
a dozen of them 二十四 two dozen (of)
三十六 three dozen (of) eg: I’ve bought a dozen of pencils for my son.
I want four dozen (of) eggs.
dozens of 许多several / a few / some dozens of
by the dozen 按打,以打计算 in dozens 成打地
12. center on集中于; 把某人/物当作重点
eg: 这次会议的中心议题是关于中国足球未来十年的发展。
The topic of the meeting centered on the development of China’s football in the following ten years.
13.concentrate on 专注于
eg: 走钢丝时,你要集中精力于身体在空中的移动方式。
When walking on a high wire, you should concentrate on the way your body moves in the air.
14. burst into cheers 突然欢呼起来burst into + n. burst out + doing
eg: burst into tears burst out crying burst into laughter
15.set a record
16 .achieve one’s goal
17.in a row 连续, 一连串 in rows 成行, 成排
eg: China women volleyball team won five champions in a row in the 1980s.
They planted the trees in rows.
18. then adv.用来修饰名词,意为“那时的,当时的”
19. live to be 活到 不定式 to be 作结果状语
她活到了八十岁。She lived to be 80.
吃为了活着,但不要为了吃而活着。Eat to live, but don’t live to eat.
类似结构:prove /turn to be…证明是;结果是
20.diagnose sb. with a disease 诊断某人患了某种疾病
be diagnosed. with a disease 被诊断患了某种疾病
21.record vt.记录,录制 n 记录;唱片(注意读音)
keep a record 保持记录set a new record 创新记录
break/beat a record 打破记录make a new record 刷新记录
keep a record of 保存…的记载make e record 录制/制作唱片
Period 4Integrating skills
Step 1.Scanning
1. How did many teenagers discover the skatebord
2. Does the skatebord belong to an extreme sport or regular sport
Step 2 Read the passage and answer the questions on page 1.
Step 3 More words to describe people
enthusiastic curious experienced cautious Brave delighted interested outgoing friendly energetic wise skillful
responsible kind athletic powerful
all/ thin/slim/ a broad face,/ wide eyes/ short
beautiful /pretty /lovely/handsome/naughty /healthy /foolish /stupid /silly /clever /smart /wise /bright / diligent /intelligent /lazy /hard working,
He is …meters high/tall/in height
good-looking funny-looking strong-looking ugly-looking dirty-looking ordinary-looking
blue-eyed white-eyed warm-hearted light-hearted
kind-hearted absent-minded be in good or poor condition
strong-tempered bad-tempered near-sighted far-sighted
Step 4 Language points
1. As a result of
Because of
On account of
Owing to
Due to
He was late due to thick fog
-- He was late thick fog
-- He was late thick fog
-- He was late thick fog
-- He was late thick fog
2. head vi. 前往;朝向
head down to 开往;前往;朝向
更常用 head for
When I saw the car heading for me, I stepped aside.
Clouds are gathering. I think we’d better head for the hotel in case it starts to rain.
3. Skillful adj.灵巧的,熟练的 Skilled 熟练的,有技能的
Be skillful at /in =be skilled in/at
善于绘画 Be skillful at painting 熟练的工人 A skilled worker
技术性工作Skilled work
4. permit V. permission n.
with /without one’s permission
Permit sb. to do sth.
Permit doing
He was permitted outside after finishing his homework.
A. play B.playing C. to play D. plays
5.have been around 遍布全球(各地);深入人心
6. familiar
be familiar with sth. 某人对…熟悉/通晓
sb. be familiar with sb. 与某人过分亲热
sth. be familiar to sb. 为某人所熟悉
familiarity n. 熟悉,亲密
1 Han Hong 为 所熟悉 young fans.
2.He 通晓music.
7.A new generation of sports is capturing the hearts and minds of people who are willing to try something new.
新一代的体育运动占据了想尝试新鲜事物的人们的所有心思。
capture: vt. 捕获;占领;赢得
我们的任务是活捉许多猴子。
e.g 1 Our task was to capture a number of these monkeys alive.
他以7.51米的成绩取得了男子跳远的第一名
2.He captured first place in the men’s broad jump with a leap of 7.51 meters. 。
8.center v.
~ on /upon 将…当作中心或重点; 集中于
他们的谈话总是围绕着政治。
Their talks always center on politics.
The discussion centers on the most important questions.
~ sth. on /upon 将某物集中在…上/集中于….
concentrate vt.
集中
集中(思想/注意力…) 于…
~ (thought/attention…) on/upon…
我们必须把注意力集中在效率上。
We must ~ our attention on efficiency/studies..
concentrate on/upon全神贯注;专心致志于;全力以赴;专心
她不能长时间专心读一本书。
She couldn't concentrate on a book very long.
n. concentration camp 集中营
There is too much noise outside, I can not _____my attention on my work.
A. fill B. connect
C. flat D. concentrate
9.delight n.1) 欣喜,愉快 [U]=joy 令…高兴的是
to one’s delight
兴高采烈/高兴地 with delight以…为乐 take/find delight in
2) 乐事,乐趣[C]
他喜欢纽约夜生活的乐趣。
He enjoyed the delights of New York's night life.
vt. 使高兴;使愉快=please
小丑逗乐了观众。
The clown ~ed the audience.
你回来了,我很高兴。
I'm delighted that you are back.
我们很高兴拜读你的小说。
We were delighted to read your novel.
be delighted by/with sth. 因…而高兴
10.register
1) vt.登记,注册,申报; (仪表等)标示,;记录=read
他去市政厅为他儿子作出生登记。
He went to the city hall to register the birth of his son.
温度计显示七十度。
The thermometer registered 70 degrees.
2) vi.登记,注册
我在靠近火车站的一家旅馆登记住宿。
I registered at a hotel near the train station.
Unit 1
1.in a soccer career 在足球生涯中
2.settle an argument about 确定关于…的论点
3.be sent into 被收入
4.set down 登记;记载;写下
5.keep track 与…保持接触;跟…的进程或发展
6.be put into 被放入…;翻译成…
7.stand out 显著;杰出
8.be diagnosed with cancer 被诊断出患了癌症
9.in the first place (用与列举理由等时)首先;第一;原先
10.make for 可造成;可译成;有好处;走向
11.apply for 申请;请求
12.head down to 开往;前往;朝向
13.have been around 遍布全球(各地);深入人心
14.burst into something 突然而猛烈地发出或产生某事物
15.centre on /upon 将某人或某事物当作中心或重点
16.concentrate on 专心致力于
Homework:
Read through the text again
Finish the exercises on the workbook.
Unit 2 Crossing Limits
Period 1 Warming up & Listening & Speaking
Step 1 lead in
ask the students some questions
Do you know what sport is the most fashionable, challenging and exciting in the world (F! cycle race,challenging limits,such as bungee jumping,boxing,exploring….)
There are a variety of explorations.Can you give some examples
(space explorations,ploar explorations,desert explorations,field explorations,voyage explorations…)
Step2 talk about the pictures in the SB
Zheng He, in the year between 1405 and 1433, seven large treasure fleets sailed westwards on voyages of trade and exploration. Under the command of Zheng He, the fleets set sail from the South China Sea across the Indian Ocean to the Red Sea, and then traveled further south, discovering the eastern coast of Africa.
He renewed relations with the Kingdoms of the East African coast.One African king sent the Ming emperor a royal present: two gifaffes.
James Cook (1728-1779) was the greatest Britain navigator. Cook enlisted in the Royal Navy in 1755. In 1768 he was promoted and sent to the Pacific where he surveyed Tahiti, New Zealand, and Australia. On his famous second expedition (1772-75) he explored Antarctica. In 1776 he undertook his third and final voyage in which he explored the West coast of North America and tried to locate a passage between the Atlantic and Pacific oceans. On this voyage he discovered the Hawaiian Islands, and sailed up the coast of North America through the Bering Straits to the Arctic Ocean. On his return he was killed by Hawaiian islanders.
Italian-born explorer Christopher Columbus broke with tradition in 1492, sailing west in an attempt to find a shorter route to India and China. Columbus based his calculations for the journey on Biblical scripture, specifically the books of Esdras in the Apocrypha.
On August 3rd, 1492, Columbus departed from Palos de la Frontera, Spain, on the first of several voyages to what he later called the “New World.”
Abel ·Janszoon Tasman (1603 年- 1659) 是荷兰船员和探险家, 出生在Lutjegast, 一个村庄在Groningen 省, 最早知道为他的远航1642 年和1644 年, 在VOC (Dutch East India Company 的) 服务。他是第一欧洲远征达成范·Diemen 的Land (现在塔斯马尼亚岛) 并且新西兰海岛。他并且测绘了澳洲的坚固部份。
posssible answers: Q2,seven.They’re Asia,Afria,Europe,North America,South America,Oceania and Antarctica.
Q3,Winds and waves on the sea, losing their way,lack of food and drinking water,pirates,languages,communication devices and diseases…
Q4,explore,challenge,brave,luck,lackof,hardship,death,disease,success,failure , wealth,knowledge,technology,information, equip…
Describe the dangers and challenges by using the following
make a discovery, expedition, explore the unknown. do scientific research, map the coast, find a new landmass, hit a rock, meet with storm, fight against the natives, land , set out/sail for, by sea/radio/flag language
Step3 listening
Step4 speaking
Present opinion:
1.From my understanding,I fond it possible that--
2.IN my opinion,nobody has the right to----
3.For the sake of---, I believe ---
4.In respect for ---,we should ---
5.Everything has two sides, but I ---
6.By no means should we sacrifice people’s life in the name of science---
7.First,---Seecond,---Third,---
Step5 Language points
1.what sort of questions do you think the reporter …..
sorts of…各种各类的
a sort of…一种
eg: you can see sorts of fishes under the sea.
do you think 是插入语,放在特殊问句疑问词之后,其后的句子应用陈述语序.
eg: When do you think they will come back
2. What modern means can explorers …
means 方式,方法 (单复数同形)
make use of …
make good/full use of…
3. In which way will a human trip to …
be similar to….与…相似
eg: The gold is similar to brass in color.
4.In their work, scientists meet with……
meet with… ,come across…
come up with…, run into…遇到,碰上
Eg: While reading, you are sure to come across some new words.
make decisions about…. 对…作出决定
about which …在句中引导一带有介词的定语从句, 修饰先行词situations
5.When Captain James Cook landed in….
take possession of… 把…占为己有,占领,夺取
e.g. Don’t take possession of the wallet,though you picked it up in the street.
in the name of … 以… 名义,代表…
e.g. The police arrested him in the name of the law.
4..Instead of sending people, we can send robots equipped with….
instead of … 代替, 而不是
e.g. Instead of going to the museum, they finally decided to go to the park.
equipped with… “ 装备”, 过去分词短语作定语
equip… with…., be equipped with….
e.g. All the police are equipped with guns and bullets.
equipment n. 设备,配置
do observations for… 为… 去做观察
Period 2 and 3 reading
Step1 Scanning
Title Reaching Out Across the Ocean
Thesis sentence Many great explorers made expeditions across the Indian Ocean long before Columbus, among whom Zheng He was the most prominent.
Main idea(beforeZheng He) P2 China had contacts with countries along the Indian Ocean from the early time, and during ancient time explorers had begun to contact with each other.
Main idea(before Zheng He) P3 Between the Han and the early Tang Dynasty, Swahili kingdoms and the islands off the African coast developed into the world trade centre and attracted merchants from the world.
Main idea(before Zheng He) P4 During the Tang Dynasty, Du Huan, who traveled to many lands, wrote the book Record of My Travels.
P5 In the eleventh century, the Africans made several voyages to the court of the Song Dynasty.
Mainidea(afterZheng He) P6 By the beginning of the fifteenth century the time was ripe for a grand meeting.
P7 In the years between 1405 and 1433, under the command of Zheng He, seven large treasure fleets sailed westwards on voyages of trade and exploration.
Main idea(after Zheng He) P8 Zheng He renewed relations with the kingdoms of the East African coast.
P9 The fleet made several expeditions before the exploration was stopped.
Step2
Judge the following sentences True or False
1. The Europeans were the first Explorers to travel to other countries.
2. Accurate maps of the countries around the Indian Ocean were made before the fifteenth century.
3. In the years between 1405 and 1433 , Zheng He sailed westwards only on
voyages of exploration.
4 Zheng He invited African countries to send ambassadors to China.
Step3
Put the sentences in good order.
1.In the eleventh century, the Africans made several voyages to the court of the song dynasty.
2.Merchants from the Arabic countries began to travel to the Swahili kingdom and the islands off the African coast to trade with them.
3.People of the Han Dynasty exchanged silk for spices and glass with Indians and Romans by way of the Silk Road.
4. The Chinese traveller, Du Huan, wandered
Through Arabic countries for about 10 years.
5.Christopher Columbus and other European explorers searched for routes to Asia.
6. Zheng He made seven voyages and discovered the eastern coast of Africa.
Step4 Language points
1. reach reach out reach for
Please reach me that book.
Not a single word reached my ears.
He reached out his hand for the knife , but it was too far away.
We must reach out to those in need.
Jim reached for a gun but he was stopped.
2.puzzle
What puzzles me is why they didn't show up.
He looked a little puzzled.
We finally puzzled out the meaning of the poem
Her decision was a puzzle to him
I'm in a puzzle as to how to cope with the new situations.
3. search search for search --- for in search of
The police searched the prisoner to see if he had a gun.
I searched shop after shop for my sister’sbirthday present.
The parents searched for their lost boy here and there , but they didn’t find him.
I will make a search for your book.
I looked everywhere in search of my glasses.
4. long before before long(= soon )
There was a lively market long before.
Before long you will understand what I
said is good for you.
I had waited him long before he came.
It won’t be long before you see him again.
It was long before they escaped from the
cruel prison.
5. find one’s way
feel /make / fight /push one’s way
I hope you can find the way home.
She couldn’t find the way out of the building.
The soldiers fought their way through thefierce enemies.
6.exchange exchange---for in exchange for
I’d like to exchange five apples for five eggs.
Mary exchanged her seat with Ann.
He is giving her French lessons in exchange
for his English lessons
7. an island off the coast of the southeast
Keep off the grassland !
cut a piece off the loaf
The ship was brown off its course.
8.wander ( 常与about /in/ through连用)
The children wandered in the woods.
The river wanders through beautiful country.
They wandered up and down the road aimlessly.
His mind wandered back to his college life.
9. command
The officer commanded his men to fire.
He commanded that everyone make the
best of the chance of senior three.
The army is under the command of general Washington.
Bill is in command of the fleet.
10.volunteern.[C]1. 自愿参加者,志愿者[(+for)][(+to-v)]
The volunteers for community service are doing a good job.
社区服务的志愿者做得很出色。
2. 志愿兵,义勇兵
Many Australians fought as volunteers on the Allied side.
许多澳大利亚人作为志愿兵与盟军一起战斗。
vt. 1. 自愿(做)[(+to-v)]
They volunteered to repair the house for the old lady. 他们主动提出替老太太修缮房子。
2. 自愿提供,自愿给予
She volunteered the information. 她自动提供了这一消息。
vi. 1. 自愿;自愿服务[(+for)]
He volunteered for the hard and unprofitable job. 他自愿做这苦差使。
2. 自愿当兵[(+for)]
When the war broke out, he volunteered for the Marine Corps.
战争爆发时,他自愿参加了海军陆战队。
11.suggest vt.1. 建议,提议[+v-ing][+(that虚拟)][+wh-]
I suggest our going to the park on Sunday.
我建议我们星期天去公园。
The dentist suggested that she (should) come another day. 牙医建议她改天再来。
2. 暗示;启发[+(that陈述)]
Her expression suggested pleasure./that she was pleased. 她面露喜色。
3. 使人想起,使人联想到[(+to)]
That cloud suggests a boat to me. 那朵云使我联想到船。
12.accomplish vt. 1. 完成,实现,达到
They didn't accomplish the purpose desired.
他们没有达到预期的目的。
They have accomplished their mission successfully. 他们成功地完成了任务。
2. 走完,度过
She has accomplished 95 years of her life. 她已达九十五高龄。
The journey was accomplished in five weeks.
花了五个礼拜走完全部旅程。
13refer to1. 查阅,参阅
A person refers to a dictionary to find the meaning of the words.
2. 指……而言,指的是
I knew the lady was referring to Bill when she spoke of a bright young boy.
3. 把……称作(as)
Don’t refer to your sister as a silly cow!
refer…to 1. 指导;让……找
Our teacher refers us to many good books.
If he needs any further information, refer him to me.
2. 归功于;归咎于
He referred his success to the good teaching he’s had.
14.arise (arose, arisen) vi.
1. 升起,上升 A heavy mist arose from the lake. 湖面起了浓雾。
2. 产生,出现,形成[(+from/out of)]
Unexpected difficulties arose in the course of their experiment.
在他们进行实验的过程中,出现了意想不到的困难。
Between the copartners serious disagreements arose. 合伙人之间产生了严重分歧。
Period 4
Step1Scanning
Title Going High: the Pioneers of the Third Pole
P1 By the middle of 1920s, Mount Qomolangma remained to be greatest challenge for human beings.
P2 Climbing Mount Qomolangma was dangerous and it seemed almost impossible because of its extreme conditions.
P3 Sherpas prove to be the ideal guide since the first attempt.
P4 Though several attempt failed in 1920s, Edmund Hillary and Tenzing Norgay made their first successful attempt to the summit in 1953.
P5 After the first successful attempt to conquer Mount Qomolangma, it remains man’s great challenges until now.
P6 The Chinese successfully reached the summit of it in 1960.
P7 Over the past 40 years, other 29 Chinese reached the summit for scientific research or sport.
Step2 answer the questions in the SB
Step3 Language points
1.apart from
Apart from Beijing,they have visited Tianjing,Nanjing,Jinan and Qingdao.
2.adjust to
The foreignners have adjusted to life in Beijing.
3.act as
In the drama,she act as a sleeping beauty.
4. rely on
The success of the project relies on the efforts of all the engineers,
5.refer …to… =think of ..as…
Wa all refer to Mr Qin as a good teacher .
6.run out of
They were out of breath as their strength ran out.
7.be praised as =be honored as
The athletes who won medals in the Olympics are praised as national heroes.
Unit 3 The land down under
Period 1 Warming up & Listening & Speaking
Step 1 Warming-up
1. What do you know about Australia List three things that interest you.
The national flag of Australia . The national emblem of Australia
2. Do you know where the Pacific Ocean, the Indian Ocean, Sydney, Melbourne and Canberra are
3. Look at the map of Australia. Which of the places would you like to visit
Why What would do there
Step 2 Listening
1. Look at the word list below. Tick the words you think you will hear on the tape.
( ) environment ( ) confusing ( ) dangerous
( ) technology ( ) rafting ( ) adventure
( ) studying ( ) thrill ( ) safety
( ) pollution ( ) equipment ( ) outback
2. Listen to part 1 of the tape and complete the chart below with the
information from the tape.
Bushwalking Cycling Surfing
Where: Where: Where:
Why: Why: Why:
3. In the second part of the tape, you will hear an experienced outback guide give advice about safety and equipment. Use what you know about adventure travel and safety to list a few items in the chart below. Then listen to the tape and complete the chart.
Safety Equipment Environmental protection
Step 3 Speaking
Work in groups. You are planning a 10-day trip to Australia. You are meeting to decide where to go and what to do. You have also invited a tour guide who will answer your questions and help you prepare for your
trip. Prepare the role cards below.
Period 2 and 3 Reading
Step1 Pre-reading
(1) What do you know about Australia
Australia was discovered about 53 000 years ago. It is possible that the first people crossed into Australia from Asia on great land bridge when the water above of the oceans was lower.
(2) Look at the map of Australia. Australia is surrounded by many oceans: the Indian ocean in the west, the Southern Ocean in the south and the Pacific Ocean in the northeast.
(3) Show more pictures about Australia to the students.
Which questions will be answered in the passage and tick them.
1. How large is Australia
2. When was Australia founded
3. Who lives in Australia
4. What is the capital of Australia
5. What animals are native to Australia
6. What is Australia famous for
7. What does the Australia flag look like
8. How many people live in Australia
9. How is Australian English different from British and American English
Step2 Fast reading
How many parts can the passage be divided into Five
What’s the main idea of each paragraph
Para1: The portrait of a nation
Para2: The first Australians
Para3: A nation of prisoners
Para4: Another new world: The birth of a nation
Para5: Speak Australian No worries!
Step3 Careful reading
1.The Australian flag shows________.
A. the UK flag and seven stars
B. the USA flag and a large star with seven points
C. the UK flag and six large stars with seven points
D. the UK flag, a large star and a group of small stars
2. Who were the first people to arrive in Australia
A. Spanish, Portuguese and Dutch.
B. Prisoners and criminals from England.
C. Aborigines and Torres Strait Islanders.
D. Asian explorers.
3.According to the text, Asian countries have _________ on Australia culture.
A. great influence B. little influence
C. no influence D. no effect
4.In 1770, Captain James Cook claimed the east coast of the continent for the_______ Crown.
A. British B. Spanish
C. Portuguese D. American
5.What does the word ‘‘claim’’ mean in Paragraph 3 of ‘‘A nation of prisoners ’’
Australia A. need B. demand C. believe D. buy
6 It was ________ that made the original Australians suffer.
A. the American War of Independence
B. Captain James Cook
C. the English prisoners
D. the first fleet of 11 ships
7.After the Second World War, Australia began to_______
A. form the commonwealth
B. transform itself into the modern country as it is today
C. change its attitude towards immigration
D. suffer from the Depression of the 1930s
8. The last part of the text tells us __________.
A. Australian English is the same as British English
B. there are no differences between Australia English and British English
C. all the words in Australian English have a different meaning from British words
D. "down under" means the country of Australia to Australians
9. From the national flag of Australia, we can know________.
A. there are 5 states altogether in Australia
B. people of Australia like American society
C. people of Australia think they have something to do with the English people
D. Australia suffered from immigration
10 From the text we can infer Australia came into being ________ the continent began to exist.
A. long before B. long after
C. at .the same time when D. shortly after
Step4 Post-reading
Answer the following questions.
1) What do the symbols on the Australian flag represent
Six of the points represent the original states (Western Australia, South Australia, Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania) and the seventh stands for all the territories. The other stars on the flag represent the Southern Cross.
2) Who were the first people to arrive in Australia
The Aborigines and Torres Strait Islanders.
3) Why were prisoners sent to Australia after 1788 Where were they from
The American War of Independence made it possible for England to send prisoners to North America. They were from America.
4) What happened to the original Australians when the European newcomers arrived
The newcomers changed the way land was managed and introduced new plants and animals that were harmful to the Australian ecosystems. As a consequence, the original Australians suffered.
5) What was the problem with Australia's Constitution
The Constitution governing six states stated that men were free and equal, explained their base civil rights and described the new government.
6) How did the two World Wars change Australia
After the First World War, the country experienced social and economic unrest and suffered from the Depression of the 1930s. After the Second World War, Australia began to transform itself into the modern country as it is today.
7) How does Australian English differ from British English
Australian English differs from British English in pronunciation and some of the vocabulary.
Step5. Language Points
1. Modern Australia is made up of six states and two territories.( 由…组成)
e.g. The solar system is made up of a star and nine plants.
make up 和解,和好;虚构,编造;化妆;补偿,弥补;凑钱
e.g. It is very hard to make up the quarrel between the couple.
Don’t make up any excuse to cheat me.
I find no time to make myself up every day.
Hard work can make up for a lack of intelligence.
Have you made up the money for your class
2. Australia is surrounded by many oceans.
(被…环绕,被…包围)
e.g. The house was surrounded by high walls.
3. claim vt(根据权利)要求,认领,索赔; 自称;主张
e.g. Did you claim on the insurance after your car
accident
e.g. She claims that she is related to the Queen.
e.g. She claims to be related to the Queen.
4. as a consequence 结果,后果
as a consequence= in consequence/as a result
e.g. After graduation, he became quite lazy. As a consequence, he lost what he owned.
in consequence of =as a result of/because of/due to/owing to
In consequence of his rudeness, he was fired by his boss
e.g. As a consequence, she lost everything she
owned.
5. have an influence on/upon 对…有影响
have an influence on/upon=have an effect on/upon
influence sb./sth. affect sb./sth.
I don’t think this kind of system will have a great influence on our school.
e.g. SARS has a strong influence on human
behaviour.
6. transform vt. 转换, 改变, 改造, 使...变形 [(+into)]
e.g. The Greens have transformed their garage into a guest house
7. resemble vt. 相似, 像,类似 [(+in)]
e.g. He strongly resembles his father in appearance
8. differ vi. 不同;不像;相异[(+from)] =be different from
①不同,相异 A differ from B in…
e.g. We differ from each other in tastes.
②意见不同(from/with)
We differ from/with him on that problem.
e.g. She differs from me in many ways.
9.make it + n./adj.+ (for sb.) + to do sth. / that clause
e.g. She made it clear that she objected to the
proposal.
10.represent 代表,象征; 表现; 描绘,塑造; 声称
e.g. The moon represents my heart.
I’d like to thank you representing my whole family.
=I’d like to thank you on behalf of my whole family.
He represented himself as a wealthy man, but in fact he was as poor as a church mouse.
representation n.
representative adj.
11.stand for 象征,代表; 支持;
e.g. What does WTO stand for
It stand for World Trade Organization.
Before we elect him, we want to know what he stands for.
Period 4 Integrating ski!ls
Step 1. Fast-Reqding: fill in the table
Information about AustraliaAnimals:__ kangaroo, koala bear, parrot, snake, digo, sheep, cattle _ Distance 3220 km from north to south 3860 km from east to westSize:_ the same as the USA( without Alaska__Population:_ 18 million__Agriculture:_ wheat, fruit, vegetables, meat, wines_Natural resources:___ metals, precious stones, coal, iron Climate:_ cool and wet winters, warm and dry summers in the south; warm and dry winters, hot and wet summers in the north dry or desert in two thirds of the country Sports:_____ tennis, sailing, swimming
Step 2. Careful-Reading: answer the questions
(1) Why does Australia have so many plants and animals that can not be found anywhere else in the world
Because Australia has been separated from other Continents for millions of years.
(2)Why do kangaroos carry their young in a pocket of skin on their stomach
Kangaroos give birth to very small and weak young. They are carried in a pocket of skin for several months while they feed on the Mother's Milk and grow stronger.
(3)In what way is Australia different from all the other countries in the world
Australia is the only country in the world which covers an entire continent.
(4)Compare the Climate in different areas of Australia with that found in different parts of China. Does the climate in your area affect the way you live
The climate in Australia is different depending on the area. The south has cool, wet winters and warm, dry summers. The north has warm, dry winters and hot wet summers. The south of China has warm winters and wet, hot summers. The north of China has cold, dry winters and hot summers.
Unit 4
Reading:
Warming up
Look at the pictures and match each flower with its correct name
Which flower is your favorite Explain why.
Pre-reading
Why was Carl Linnaeus important to the history of botany as a science
His system of grouping plants in families was unique, which based on the arrangement of the male and female organs in the flowers.
While-reading
Fast reading
How many people are mentioned in the passage
Carl Linnaeus Daniel Solander Joseph Banks Captain Cook
Careful reading
1. Before Linnaeus botany was ________.D
A.studied by doctors B.unknown to anyone C.fully developed D.a branch of medicine
2. Some economic species plants such as____ could help to develop local economies.C
A.rose and peony B.tea and apple C.cocoa and hemp D.Cocoa and lemon
3. It was ____ who made Kew a centre of scientific and economic research.A
A.Joseph Banks B.Captain Cook C.Linnaeus D. Daniel Solander
4.Paragraph one of the text mainly tells us ___ .C
A.the importance of botany B.how to classify plant species into groups
C.Linnaeus’contribution to botany D.Linnaeus’discoveries about different species
5.Captain Cook made ___voyages altogether around the world. C
A.one B.Two C.Three D.four
Post-reading
1. How did scientists classify plants before Linnaeus
Some scientists classified plants into herbs and trees, or according to the shape of the fruit, or whether they had flowers or not.
2. What were the goals of James Cook’s first voyage around the world
To study the passing of the planet Venus across the sun; to record, classify and describe all plant and animal life observed during the trip; to search for an unknown southern continent.
3. Why did Joseph Banks have to supply his own money to equip part of the expedition
Because the government would not pay for such a new field of science as botany.
4. What could be a possible explanation for the name “strawberry”
When people plant strawberry, they spread straw under the fruit to reduce the necessary amount of watering.
Translate the following phrases into English:
1. 详细地 in detail
2. 处于支配的地位,负责 in charge of
3. 由……负责 in the charge of
4. 任命某人为…… appoint sb. as
5.将……分类成 classify…into…
6. 计算……之间的距离 calculate the distance between…
7. 一代一代传下去 pass on from one generation to the next
8.建于……之上;以……为基础 be based on
9.参与; 陷入 ……的活动 be involved in
10.根据;视……而定;按照 according to
11.搜索;寻找 search for
12.总而言之 altogether
1.match…with (在品质;颜色;设计等方面)相等,相当,相配
2.at the age of 在……岁时
3.look out for 警惕;留心;守侯
4.on a large scale 大规模地;大范围地
5.year after year 年年;年复一年
6.pass away 逝世
7.name…after 给……取名;命名
8.in detail 详细
9.take care of 关心;照顾
10.classify…into 分类;归类
11.develop a lifelong friendship with 与……结存了终生好朋友
12.born into 出生
13.have an appetite for knowledge 有求知欲
14.appoint sb. as… 委派;任命某人为……
15.spread over 传播;流传
16.a great deal of 大量;许多(用于不可数名词)
17.lie in 在于
18.related to 与……有关
19.the key to 关键是(在于)
20.adapt to 适应于
21.be sunken into 堕入
Integrating skills
Scanning
Find out the important people mentioned in the text.
Charles Darwin From England Gregor Mendel From Austria
Gote Turesson From Sweden
Choose the best answers according to the passage
1. The research by Darwin, Mendel and Turesson shows that_ . C
A. genetics is more important than the environment to plants
B. genetics is less important than the environment to plants
C. both genetics and the environment are important to plants
D. neither genetics nor the environment is important to plants
2. Darwin observed that the birds with _ _ would eat_ . B
A. small beaks l hard seeds B.broad beaks;hard seeds
C. hard beaks;hard seeds D.broad beaks;soft seeds
3.Darwin joined the scientific expedition on _____ . C
A. the Endeavour B.Tahiti C.the Beagle D.space
4. Scientists of the nineteenth century believed that . D
A.the development of new species was behind the influence of the environment
B.the development of new species and the influence of the environment were hand in hand
C.the development of new species had nothing to do with the influence of the environment
D the influence of the environment was behind the development of new species .
5. Darwin studied physics,chemistry and botany because_________ . B
A.he was invited to join scientific expedition
B.he was interested in them
C.he could do a lot Of experiments
D.he wanted to finish his book“On the Origin of Species”
Fill in the following blanks
Scientist Research/experiment Result
Charles Darwin The wild life of Galapagos, many varieties of garden roses There were differences between the species of the different islands’yet all showed a clear relationship with those of America’ differences in habitat could lead to different species in birds as well as in plants.
Gregor Mendel Flowers and peas Many characteristics were passed on from one generation to the next, without influence by the environment. His research gave birth to the science of genetics.
Gote Turesson A wild plant found on the Swedish west coast Found evidence for the existence of stable varieties within species in nature. He showed that differences between plants of one species occurred as a result of the environmental conditions in their habitat.
The text can be divided into four parts
Part I Pa1-3: Darwin and his research.
Part II Pa4-5: Mendel and his experiment.
Part III Pa6: Turesson and his study
Part IV Pa7: the importance and significance of the research of the three.
Important sentences in the passage
1. It was Darwin’s visit on the Beagle to the Galapagos Isles that gave him the key to his new theory.
2. Back home, in England, Darwin realized that differences in habitat could lead to different species in birds as well as in plants.
3. As a result of Darwin and Mendel’s research, scientists of the nineteenth century formed the belief that that influence of the environment was behind the development of new species.
4. It would take a next generation of scientists to bring the importance of the environment on species back in view.
Unit 5 Getting the message
Reading:
Look at the pictures on page37 and fill in the chart
Items Ad 1 Ad 2 Ad 3
The products they persuade you to buy Advanced electronic roducts Shampoo Soft drinks
How to persuade By using abstract design, slogan and pictures By using wonderful pictures ,slogan and realistic products By using wonderful pictures, slogan and products
The message each ad gives High quality,Help customers to succeed Create beauty,bring happiness and love to customers Help athletes to refresh themselves.
How is the information conveyed Pictures, slogan, spokesman Products,slogan, pictures Pictures,slogan, products
Words related to advertising
advertise, advertisement advertiser, brand, post, spokesman, spokeswoman, designer, entertain, promote, customer, slogan, text, writer mislead, humorous, persuasive, broadcast, annoy, appeal to
Pre-reading
Collect advantages and disadvantages of advertisements from the students
Advantages Disadvantages
Provide information Mislead customers
Increase sales Give false or incorrect information
Make the public aware of social problem Raise the price of products
…
1.the first form of advertising : in Greece and Egypt around 1500 B.C.
2.the first printed advertisement: in London 1477
3.the first commercials on radio: about 1920
4.the first commercial on TV: after World War 2
Reading Find out the main idea for each paragraph
Pa1: Ads are found almost everywhere
Pa2: People react to advertisements in different ways.
Pa3: The basic principle of advertisements is to influence customers’ choices.
Pa4: Ads help companies and customers n a variety of ways.
Pa5: the most important function of advertising is to introduce new products.
Pa6: Governments and other organizations use ads to make people aware of government policies and social problems.
Pa7: Customers should be careful of illegal ads.
Pa8: Customers should learn to protect themselves from false ads and make smart choices.
Answer the following questions
Fast reading
1.What is people’s reaction to ads. P2
2.What is the basic principle of advertising P3
3.What is the most important function of ads P5
4.what’s the advantage of good ads P8
Careful reading
1.Why is advertising popular
2.How does advertising help consumers and companies
3.What is the basic principle behind advertisements
4.Why do advertisers often have to work hard to attract people’s attention
5.What is a “bait-and-switch” a
6.How can we protect ourselves from misleading ads
Choose the best answers:
1.The word “advertising” means to make a product known to . D
A managers through broadcast B leaders by radios
C firms by printed notices D people in various ways.
2.One advantage of advertising is that it helps . A
A increase product sales B make a product more expensive
C increase production D reduce the costs of a product
3.Advertising is a highly developed . B
A information B industry C trade D science
4.The development of radio, television, cinema, magazines and newspapers has with the development of advertising. B
A followed up B gone hand in hand C gone behind D taken place
5. The best chance to reach customers is to . C
A sell them the product B sell them what money can not buy: love, happiness and success.
C appeal to their emotions D reduce the price of the products.
6.The development of media has gone hand hand the development of advertising. C
A. by; by B. by; with C. in; with D. in; by
8.People react to advertisements in different ways.Because . 答案:A
A. ads are useful and entertaining to some people while annoying to others
B. ads are useful and entertaining C. ads are annoying
D.ads are not only useful and entertaining but annoying
9.When we buy an expensive product, can help us make the right decision. 答案:B
A. sellers B. ads C. our friends D. defenders
10.“Not all ads are used to promote a product or to increase a company’s profits” means . 答案:D
A. all ads are used to promote a product or to increase a company’s profits
B. few ads are used to promote a product or to increase a company’s profits
C. no ads are used to promote a product or to increase a company’s profits
D. all ads are not used to promote a product or to increase a company’s profits
11.In order not to become easy target for ad makers, we must . 答案:A
A. distinguish between fiction and facts B. watch TV more often
C. believe all the ads D. never believe any ads
12.The best chance to reach customers for the advertisers is to . 答案:A
A. appeal to their emotions B. make interesting pictures
C. give customers proper prices D. send messages to customers
13.Paragraph 4 is mainly about . 答案:C
A. ads must increase the production B. ads must reduce the price of the production
C. ads must help companies and customers D. ads must make a product more expensive
14.Which sentence tells us the main idea of Paragraph 5 答案:C
A. The most important function of advertising is to introduce the prices of the products.
B. The most important function of advertising is to introduce the types of the products.
C. The most important function of advertising is to introduce new products.
D. The most important function of advertising is to introduce the company where the products come from.
15.Why is advertising popular 答案:C
A. Because ads are found in newspapers. B. Because ads are found on the Internet.
C. Because ads are found on TV. D. Because ads are found everywhere.
16.We can infer from the last sentence of the text that . 答案:C
A. we must learn to believe ads B. we must learn to accept ads
C. we must learn to analyse ads D. we must learn to accuse ads
T or F
1.People react to advertisements in different ways.( )
2.The basic principle of advertising is fairly difficult.( )
3.Since an increase in sales means an increase in production, the price may be increased, too. ( )
4.Truthful ads provide good information that helps customers to decide whether they want or need the advertised product.( )
5.Perhaps the most important function of advertising is to increase a company’s profits. ( )
6.By using the techniques developed by the advertising industry, governments and other non-profit organizations can spread knowledge, change attitudes and improve society.( )
7.All ads are not used to promote a product or to increase a company’s profits.( )
Difficult sentences
1.The development of radio ,television and other media has gone hand in hand with the development.
2.Customers see so many ads every day that advertisers must work hard to get their message across.
3.The best chance to reach customers is to appeal to their emotions.
4.First of all ,we should always keep an eye out for “hidden information”.
Integrating skills
Fill in the blanks for the revision
Advertising is a highly developed industry. It has gone hand in hand with radio, television and other media.
People react to ads in different ways. Some think ads are useful and help consumers
make informed choices while others accuse companies of using ads to mislead panies can influence customers’ choices by introducing a brand name and by associating products with customers’ needs. There are so many ads for customers that advertisers must try to get their message across by appealing to their emotions.
Ads help companies and customers in all kinds of ways. They can help companies increase sales . At the same time , they help customers choose among all the available products. In fact, truthful ads provide good information,and help customers compare feathers, functions and costs. Some governments name a famous person as their spokesman or spokeswoman to make people aware
of their social problems and policies.
Customers should protect themselves by keeping an eye out for bad ads, telling false information from real facts and making good choices.
II Lead-in
1 what product do they persuade you to buy
2 what information about product can you get
3 How is the information conveyed
4 What are the skills of making good ads
III Reading
1 How do the ad-makers create a positive image of the product they are promoting
2 How do ad-makers choose a name for the product
3 What kind of slogans should be used to make the consumers to form a positive image Can you give an example
4 How are the ads presented
How to create a positive image of the product
Choose the words and brand names --- tell the consumer about the advantages of the product ---choose a funny name(use a well-known word--- choose names from old stories--- invent a new word )
A good slogan( should be catchy --- easy to remember --- convey a message)
Ads are started with a puzzle or question And presented in a humorous way
1.in order to 为的是;目的在于
2.take …into consideration 考虑某事物
3.compare…with… 把……与……比较(对比)
4.complain about 对某人与某物抱怨
5.in charge of… 负责;处于控制或支配的地位
6.hand in hand 手拉手;密切关联的
7.with the develop of 随着……发展
8.on the other hand 另一方面
9.get… across 传播或为人理解
10.instead of 代替(后面接名词\代词\动名词或介词短语)
11.appeal to 呼吁;上诉;投合(兴趣或心愿)
12.armed with用…… 做准备;备有
13.make sb. aware of 使人明白;觉察;意识到
14.keep an eye out for 留心或注意到某人或某事物
15.protect…from… 防护而不受
16.at the right time 在恰当的时候
17.point out to (向某人)指出;使注意
18.make sense 有意义;有道理;讲得通
19.accuse…of… 指责;控告
20.attach to 系;贴;固定;附着
21 differ from 不同于
22 attach to/connect with 附着/联想
23 attach importance to 给予重视
24 start with 以 开始
25 with the purpose of 以 为目的
26 point out 指出
27 refer to 指/参考
28 think twice 慎重考虑
Unit 6
Reading
Read the text then answer some questions.
1 When did we decide to move to another place 1845,10
2 How long did the journey last About a year
3 What is our first destination India Greek in Kansas
4 Is the journey hard Can you make some examples about it
Yes, it is hard. You can make many examples.
Listening
Listen to the tape carefully then do these exercises.
Post—reading
Exercise1. True or False
1 We traveled alone. (F with many other families)
6 When a young man in our group suggested that I stay behind with the children and wait for help, I agreed. (F I didn’t agree.)
( )7 When the animals smelt the water, they all ran.
Exercise 2
Choose the best answers
1.The reason why my father wanted to go to California is that . 答案:C
A. California was in desert B. California was far away
C. California was a wonderful land described in a book
D. California was the largest state in the USA
2.People moving to the west would meet in . 答案:A
A. Kansas B. California C. Salt Lake Valley D. Salt Lake Desert
3.On which day did the author enter the Salt Lake Desert 答案:B
A. April 12. B. November 4. C. October 15. D. December 25.
4.Why did the travelers call their ninety-mile drive through the Salt Lake Desert the “Long Drive” 答案:D
A Because the landscape was dry and barren. B. Because water was salty and not drinkable.
C. Because their water supply was so low. D. All of the above.
5.After the travelers burnt their wagons, they had to go on their feet with another miles to go. B
A.2 500 B.500 C.90 D.45
6.Why didn’t the author stay behind with the children and wait for help A
A. Because that meant he/she would die.
B. Because he/she knew that children were tiresome.
C. Because he/she knew that there was a wagon waiting for him/her.
D. Because he/she felt he/she could get a prize by his/her father.
7.The animals almost ran when the travelers reached the edge of the desert, why 答案:C
A. Because they were tired and weak. B. Because they had no burden.
C. Because they must have smelt the water. D. Because they went back to their home.
8.How long did the author spend finishing the journey 答案:A
A. More than 40 months. B. About 2 months.
C. About a year. D. About a year and a month.
9.From the text, we can infer . 答案:D
A. the author and the travelers had to go all day and all night long
B. there was no oxen left when the travelers reached California
C. many travelers died when their days of hardship came to an end
D .it’s a long way to travel from the author’s hometown to California
10.The best title of the text is . 答案:B
A.A Journey To California B. Long Drive
C. The Salt Lake Desert D. Enjoy Your Life
Questions:
1 Where in the text do you find evidence that the wagons were not he most suitable means of transport You can find your answers in paragraph 3.
2 Why did the travelers call their ninety mile-drive through the Salt Lake Desert the “long drive”
We had to travel long without water or grass for the animals to eat. It was hard.
3 What can you learn from this reading passage What impresses you most
1)After suffering from many difficulties, we can live a better life. Facing the hardship, never give up, etc.
2)The courage of the people impresses me most.
1.believe in 信任;信耐
2.stand for 代表;代替
3.adapt to 适宜
4.lose heart 灰心;泄气
5.be cast away (被)抛弃
6.give up 放弃
7.less than 少于;不足
8.set off for 开始(旅程;赛跑);出发
9.move on 继续前进
10.take the way 出发;首途
11.lose one’s way 迷路
12.hang out 伸出
13.in desperate need of 在极度需要的(时候)
14.on our feet=on foot 步行
15.be accustomed to doing sth. (通常用于被动语态)习惯于
16.suffer from 患病;遭受……之苦
17.hurry on to (with) 赶紧办理;急急忙忙地去做某事
18.stop to do sth. 停下来去做某事
19.start doing sth. 开始做某事
20.go on all fours 用四肢
21.(at)the edge of of (在)……边缘
22.stare at 瞪视; 凝视
e to an end 结束;终止
24.a race against time 与时间赛跑
25.save…from 挽救……免于
26.take up to 占用(时间;空间)
27.at stake 在危险中;关系重大
28.risk one’s life to 冒险去做某事
29.apply…to… 运用;应用
30.add up (两个或两个以上的数量或量)加起来
31.take it easy 别紧张;放松点
32.keep up 维持;保持;使某事处于高水平
mon sense 常识;情理
34.leave behind 忘带;留下
35. live through sth. 经历某事物而幸存
36.tie up 系;拴;捆
37.go for 为……去;努力获取
Unit 7
Step one . Answer the following questions.
1.When does the story happen
2.Who is Ebenezer Scrooge Which word is he always to comment everything
3.Who is Bob Cratchit What does he want to do
4.What does the gentleman want to do Has he Promised What happened to Scrooge
Step2.Judge the following sentences True or false
1.It was cold in scrooge’s office and Bob had to warm himself over the candles. T
2. Scrooge was willing to let Bob have a day off because it would be Christmas the next day. F
3. Scrooge was invited by his niece and he accepted happily. F
4. A gentleman arrived at Scrooge’s office because he wanted to collected money for the poor. T
5. Scrooge didn’t want to give the poor any money because he was poor himself. F
6. According to the dialogue, in Scrooge’s dream he met his old friend ------Jacob Marley. F
Step three : Fill in the blanks according the passage
It was the day before Christmas and the weather was terrible . Bob wanted to have a day off in order to have a good Christmas dinner but his boss , Scrooge, who was cold , mean and only interested in making money didn’t allow him to do so at first. Scrooge’s nephew--- Fred wanted to invite Scrooge to attend their Christmas dinner but he was refused . A gentleman who wanted bo connect some money for the poor was also turned down by Scrooge. At last when all the others left Scrooge had a dream , in which he Santa Claus
Integrating Skills
Divide the play into 3 parts. Try to find out what caused Scrooge to turn over a new leaf.
Find out something about the firs scene
Place:_ The place where Scrooge live once lived
The time when Scrooge was young.
Time: Young scrooge and his girlfriend
The girl wanted to be separated from Scrooge
Characters: Scrooge cared nothing except money
Event: He felt very uneasy.
In the second scene, Scrooge saw the Christmas party held in Bob Cratchit’s houses. Judge the following sentences True of False .
1.In the dream it was Christmas Eve and the Cratchits were having a Christmas dinner. 2. In the dream Tiny was ill but his father couldn’t afford the medicine for him.
3. These things really happened to the Cratchits. F
4. On seeing the scene Scrooge wanted to change his life.
5. Scrooge ordered a big Christmas tree for the cratchits’. F
Scene 3
From here we say the Scrooge turned over a new leaf. How did Bob Cratchit feel when he saw Scrooge and his turkey D
A. Satisfied B. Interested C. Angry D. Surprised
He hadn’t expected that Scrooge would be so generous
Choose the best answers
1.Christmas is traditionally celebrated on . 答案:B
A. December 24 B. December 25 C. December 30 D. December 31
2.Which of the following is not true according to the dialogue 答案:A
A. The business is now owned by Scrooge and his partner, Marley.
B. Marley died on December 24th.
C. The gentleman tried to persuade Mr Scrooge to do something good for the poor.
D .Many thousands of people don’t have enough money to keep themselves warm.
3.Ebenezer Scrooge is . 答案:D
A. a warm-hearted boss B. a lazy kind boss
C. a hospitable boss D. a greedy ungenerous boss
4.According to the dialogue,which of the following sentences is right 答案:C
A. Nothing happened when the clock struck one.
B. Scrooge’s eyes were wet because he had a cold.
C. The girl who used to love Scrooge has married another man.
D. Scrooge,a kind old man is always commenting on everything by saying “Humbug”.
5.In the sentence,“He is cold, mean and selfish old man ”,“mean” is . 答案:D
A.有技巧的 B.心情不好的 C.普通的 D.吝啬的
6.From the dialogue, we can infer . 答案:C
A. Fred helps Scrooge become a helpful man
B. everyone does wish Ebenzer Scrooge a merry Christmas
C. Ebenzer scrooge corrects his mistakes and makes a fresh start
D. Scrooge’s partner, Marley died at Christmas
7.The main factor that makes Mr Scrooge change his mind is that . 答案:A
A. he feels afraid the bad thing will happen to him in the future
B. he regrets what he did in the past
C. he is moved by what Santa Claus says
D. he loses his fortune and becomes a poor man himself
8.What can’t be concluded from the passage 答案:D
A. People usually have turkey for Christmas.
B. The place they live in is cold in winter.
C. Bob is quite astonished Scrooge’s generousness.
D. All the poor people can enjoy a merry Christmas now.
9.According to Fred,Christmas is the day of the year when people . 答案:D
A. think of the past and look forward to the future
B. put valuable things in their pockets
C. have dinner together
D. show kindness to people and help others
10.Mr Scrooge is reluctant to open his heart to the poor because . 答案:D
A. there are plenty of prisons in the world B. he is poor himself
C. the union work houses can help the poor
D. he only Unit 11
Word study:
1. stick with: 忠于,支持,和…在一起
I know you are new in this job, but stick with me and you’ll be all right.
我知道你干这工作是新手,不过和我在一起你会没事的。
We stuck with him as our candidate.
我们继续支持他为候选人。
be stuck with sth./sb.被…缠住
Bill left and I was stuck with the debt. 债务缠身
拓展:
stick out伸出,坚持到底,忍下去
stick up竖立,向上突出
stick to: 坚持(原则,计划,决定,意见),继续干,坚持干
He is still sticking to his story that his car was stolen and later returned.
他仍在坚持说他的汽车是失而复得的。
2.through thick and thin 同甘共苦,祸福与共,忠贞不渝
I’ll going to love you through thick and thin no matter what happens
不管发生什么事,我都始终不渝地爱你。
A true friend sticks though thick and thin.
同甘共苦的朋友才是真正的朋友。
3.suspect:
v. 1) 怀疑;猜疑;不信任,常用于suspect sb. of sth.
We suspected him of removing the cashbox.
我们怀疑他拿走了钱箱。
He was suspected and accused of selling states secrets.
他被怀疑与指控出卖国家机密。
2)猜想,觉得,疑有
suspect sth
suspect sb. to do
suspect sb. to be…
suspect that clause
If you don’t go, they’ll suspect something.
如果你不去,他们会产生怀疑。
I suspect him to have done it.
我疑心这是他干的。
I suspect him to be the pickpocket.
我怀疑他是个小偷。
I strongly suspect that they’re trying to get rid of me.
我强烈地感觉到他们要除掉我。
n. 嫌疑犯, 可疑对象
The police are questioning two suspects.
警察正在审讯两个嫌疑犯。
adj. 不可靠的,不可信的,可能有假的,可疑的
His statements are suspect. 他的说法不可靠。
4.for the sake of 由于某种缘故,也可以说 for sb.’s sake 意为看在某人份上
Stop crying, for God’s sake.
看在老天的份上,请你别哭了
He moved to the seaside for the sake of his health.
他由于健康的原因而搬到了海边。
I’ll help you for your sister’s sake.
看在你姐姐的份上,我来帮助你。
拓展:
for one’s own sake 为了自身的缘故,为了自身的利益
for the sake of it 因为自己喜欢,由于自身的缘故
for the sake of argument 为了便于讨论(非正式)
I just like car trips for my own sake.
我喜欢轿车旅行仅仅是因为我喜欢这样。
I am sure she agrees with you really---she just likes arguing for the sake of it.
我确信她实际上同意你的观点,她只是因为好辩而与人辩论。
5. individual
adj.1) 个别的,个体的,单独的,作定语
She didn’t read well so her teacher gave her individual help.
她读得不好,因此老师对她进行个别辅导。
2) 独特的,有特性的,有个性的
Alice has an individual style of arranging her hair.
艾丽斯有独特的发式。
n. 个人,个体,个别的人,是可数名词
Handwriting varies from individual to individual.
笔迹因人而异。
6.expectation n.
1) (u) 此时常与介词of连用,表示“期望,希望;预计”。常以every, great, little, no, utmost作修饰语
It greatly surpassed my utmost expectation.
它远远超过了我的最大期望。
2)(pl)希望,预计要发生的事;
预期(从某人那儿)继承遗产,常与介词from连用
Our Party has great expectations of you young people.
我们党对你们年轻人寄予很大期望。
He has expectations from a rich uncle.
他有希望从他一个有钱的伯父那儿得到遗产。
fall short of/not come up to sb’s expectations 为臻理想
His film performance didn’t come up to our expectations.
他在影片中的表演有负众望。
7.embarrass vt.(尤用语被动语态)
1)使人觉得不自然,忸怩,尴尬或害羞
I was embarrassed by his comments about my clothes.
他评论我的衣服是我很尴尬。
2)使某人不安或焦虑
be embarrassed by lack of money.
因缺钱而苦恼
拓展
embarrassing adj.令人困窘的,令人尴尬的
embarrassment n.
8.resign.
Vt.1).辞去,放弃 后面一般接表示职务的名词
Robert resigned the Chairmanship.
罗伯特辞去了主席的职务。
2)把…交托给,常与介词into,to等搭配
I resign my children to your care.
我把孩子委托你照顾。
3) resign oneself to do顺从于,屈从于
You must resign yourself to waiting a bit longer.
你只好耐心多等一会儿。
vi. 1). 辞职
She resigned from the government.
她辞去了政府职务。
2)屈从于,听任
resign to sb’s will 屈从于某人的意志
resignation n.
7. pursue vt.
1) 从事,进行,实行
Many people went to pursue their studies abroad in those days.
那时候很多人出国留学
2)追踪,追捕
The police are pursuing an escaped prisoner.
警察在追捕一名逃犯。
3)跟随,纠缠
Bad luck pursued us all through the year.
一年来我们厄运连续不断。
Pursue the path you have been treading and you will do well.
顺着你走的路走下去,你会干的不错。
The boy pursued his father with questions.
那孩子纠缠住他父亲问问题。
plement
vt. 与(某事物)结合(相辅相成)
His business skill complements her flair for design.
他的经营技巧和她的设计才能相辅相成。
n. 1)~ to 相配合的事物,补充物,补足物
Rice makes an excellent complement to a curry dish.
有咖喱的菜配米饭最妙。
2)需要或允许的数额
We’ve taken on our full complement of new trainees for this year.
我们今年招收的新学员已经满额了。
3)补语
subject complement 主语补足语
10.decline
1) vt/vi 拒绝(接受某物),谢绝
decline an invitation to dinner 谢绝宴请
I invited her to join us, but she declined.
我邀请她和我们在一起,可是她婉言谢绝了。
He declined to discuss his plans.
他拒绝讨论他的计划。
2)vi. 变小,变弱,变少
Her influence declined after she lost the election.
她落选后其影响力大为降低。
3).n. ~ (in sth.) (力量,权力,数量等的)削减
a decline in population/prices/popularity人口/价格/声望的降低
拓展
fall/go into a decline 失去力量,影响
After his wife’s death, he fell into a decline.
他在妻子死后一蹶不振。
on the decline 在削减,在衰退
The number of robberies in the area is on the decline.
这地区的劫案在减少。
Warming-up, listening and speaking
1. While working there you discover that the management does not take proper measures to ensure hygiene and safety of the food products that are prepared in its kitchens and will be delivered to the customers.
在那儿工作时,你发现管理部门没有采取适当的措施来保证食品的卫生和安全,这些食品都是在饭店的厨房加工并运往顾客手中的。
1) take measures to do sth.= take steps to do sth.采取措施干某事
What measures were taken to prevent fires
采取了什么措施来防止火灾?
get/take the measure of sb.= take/ get sb.’s measure
给某人量尺寸,估量某人的能力和力量
Before I could get in, he had taken my measure.
我还没来得及插嘴,他就给我量好了尺寸。
measurement n.
(u) 测量,计量
We can know the size of something by means of measurement.
我们可以通过测量得出物体的尺寸。
(c) 丈量的结果
What are the measurements of the living room
客厅的尺寸是多少?
2)ensure
vt. 保证,保证发生/获得,
ensure sth.
ensure sb. sth.
ensure doing dth
endure that clause
ensure sb. against sth.保证不,安全,确保不
I cannot ensure his being on time.
我不能保证他能准时。
All the necessary steps had been taken to ensure their safety.
已经采取了所有必要的措施以确保他们的安全。
The present contract cannot ensure you a job.
现有的合同不能确保你获得一份工作。
We should ensure workers against accidents.
我们应保护工人们不出事故。
拓展:
比较ensure, insure 和assure
在美国英语中,endure=insure,即insure 也可以用来作“保证”“确保”,此时用法与ensure同
More care will insure you against making so many mistakes.
多加注意会确保你不犯这么多错误。
但insure还可作“给…保险”
The actress insured her life for one hundred thousand dollars.
这个女演员给自己保了十万美元的人寿险。
assure 表示“向…保证”,“肯定地说”
I assure you that you are mistakn.
我肯定地说你弄错了。
The doctor assured me that the injury was not serious.
医生向我保证,伤势并不严重。
assure还可以用做“保人寿险”
assure 和insure 还可作“确保”“保障”
assure/insure peace 保障和平
assure/insure security 保障安全
2.What is the moment for you to pull out of a friendship
你会在什么时候离开朋友?
pull out of 从…中退出
They are trying to pull out of the agreement.
他们正试图解除协定。
The project became so expensive that we had to pull out of it.
这个计划耗资太大,我们只好退出。
拓展:
pull down 毁坏,摧毁(如旧建筑物)
pull (sth) over (使车辆等)闪到一边
pull … up (使车)停下,纠正某人
Reading and Integrating skills
Teaching aims and demands:
1. Get the Ss to read the two passages, knowing something about the key to success and improving their reading ability.
2. Get the Ss to know some important words, phrases and sentences.
Teaching difficult points:
Phrases: stick with through thick and thin for the sake of attach to
live up to hands-on …
Sentences:
1. Especially at school, it sometimes feels as if we are being asked to work in teams for the sake of just that.
2. Each offers gifts and processes that complement the others, contributing in a unique way to the qualitative functioning of the whole, whether the ‘whole’ is a team, a class, a family or a society.
Time allocations: 3 periods
Step I lead in
T: I want to move this desk to the 4th floor. But I can’t do it by myself. Who can help me ( a student comes) we two did this job together. and what we can call the job
-----it is team work.
T: where else do we need team work
-----football, basketball, rugby, working…
Step 2 fast-reading what is team work ( Para. 2)
Step 3 careful- reading
what kinds of team do the writer write try to compare them.
Rugby team Project team
Similarities team work: individual people brought together, common goal , has a clear role, cooperate
Differences 1. made up of a certain number 2. goal---to win a match3. members have different skills4. coach5. atmosphere6. members should respect, help and support each other 1. members: people of different personalities and abilities (Para. 7)2. take into account how each individual member works best
Step 4. Summary : ask students to divide the passage into 3 parts.
part 1: Para 1-2 general introduction of team work
part 2: Para 3-6 sports teams ( rugby teams)
part 3: Para 7-10 project teams
Step 5. Further understanding
Para1: 1. Especially at school, it sometimes feels as if we are being asked to work in teams for the sake of just that.
特别是在学校里,有时我们感觉好象是为了团体活动而组织团体活动。
Para3: 2. It is important that all members of the team feel that each of them makes an equal contribution and that they help and support each other.
Para6: 3. As with sports teams, group work can …when group members respect…, while the work division…at the right level in the role that is …
Para7: 4. 整个段落用了三种不同的表达方式表达类似的意思
people who… people…are the ones… some are…
Step 5. record after teaching
Language points
1. What if you feel comfortable about doing a task by yourself (P94 Para1)
假如你觉得你一个人干某项工作感觉更舒服些?
What if you should fall sick
What if he gets angry
要是他生气怎么办?
含if的短语
only if 只有
if only要是…就好了
as if 好像
2. Although the coach is usually not counted as a team member, his role is to discuss
strategy and make decisions about the composition of team.(P94 Para3)
虽然教练通常不算作队员,他的作用是讨论策略,并确定运动员的组成。
count:
v. 1): 把…看作…,常与as连用,此时as可省
I count him (as) one of my closest friends.
我把他看作是我最好的朋友之一。
I am afraid we must count him (as) missing.
恐怕我们只好算他失踪了。
2). 起作用,是重要的,应予重视
For them what counted is money.
对他们来说,金钱才起作用。
It is not how much you read but what you read that counts.
重要的不是你读了多少书, 而是你读的是什么书。
3). 把…计算在内
Six people are on the trip if you count the children.
如果算上孩子就是六个人去旅行。
There are ten guests, not counting the members of the family.
一共是十位客人,还不算自家的人。
4). 数数,点数
I counted all the people; there were fifty present.
我数了数,总共来了五十个人。
3. As with sports teams, group work can only be successful when group members respect, help and support each other.(P94 Para6)
正如运动队一样,小组活动只有在组员们相互尊重,相互帮助和相互支持的情况下才能取得成功。
as with
1). 正如…一样
As with hiking, you should always think about your safety.
就象徒步旅行一样,你要时刻考虑到你的安全。
2)就…而言,至于…,类似用法有as to ;as for
Kitty’s got so thin, And as for Carl, he always seems to be ill.
Kitty长的瘦小,至于Carl, 他好象总是在生病。
He was very uncertain as to whether it was the right job for him.
他还不确定这工作是否适合他
4. Teams requires leaders and people who creates ideas
团队需要领袖以及出主意的人。(P95 Para7).
require: v. 需要,要求
require sth.
require doing sth/ to be done
require sb. to do sth.
require that (should) + do
That matter requires careful thought.
这件事需要慎重考虑。
This wall requires repairing/ to be repaired.
这面墙需要修理了。
His health requires that he (should) go to bed early.
他的健康状况需要他早睡。
The police required him to keep it a secret.
警察要他对此事保密。
5.People full of action and ideas are often the ones to bring new energy to the group, while people who are mainly listening and commenting are often the ones to keep an eye on procedures that must be followed.
那些富于实干和思路开阔的人常常是给小组以新的活力的人,而那些主要是倾听或评论的人则常常是监管工作流程的人。(P95 Para7)
keep an eye on 或keep one’s eye on 照料,留神,密切注意,也可以说成keep a watch/ look out on
Can you keep an eye on my suitcase for a minute.
你能帮我看一会儿手提箱吗?
They kept a close watch on his activities.
他们密切监视他的活动。
类似的说法还有
keep one’s eyes open for;
keep an eye out for
keep one’s eyes peeled/skinned for
关于eye的一些词组:
have an eye for 对…有鉴赏眼光
shut/close one’s eyes to 不理会,闭眼不见
an eye for an eye 以眼还眼,报复
get the eye 引人注目
catch one’s eyes 引起注意
by all eyes 聚精会神地
fix one’s eyes on 盯着
6. Working in a team, we have to taken into account how each individual member works best. 在团队中工作,我们必须考虑个人如何充分地发挥作用。(P95 Para8)
take sth. into account 考虑,
take account of sth.
take sth. into consideration
We must take local conditions into account.
我们必须考虑本地的条件
There are the factors we must take into consideration.
这些都是我们必须考虑的因素。
7. As the years went by, she worked in many places…(P97 Para2)
几年过去了,她在许多地方工作过…
go by
1) (时间)过去
Two years went by.
两年过去了。
2)经过(某地),从旁边经过
Tom usually goes by the theatre on his way to school.
汤姆上学时通常经过剧院。
3)遵照,受指导
You should go entirely by what the doctor says.
你应该完全按照医生的话去做。
4)从…判断
You can’t go by what he says--- he’s very untrustworthy.
你不能根据他的话判断-----他是很不可靠的。
8.She decided to put that money to good use. (P98 Para2)
她决定把这笔钱派上好用场。
put… to use 利用,使用,也可以说成 put…into use
We must put everything to its best use.
我们一定要充分利用一切。
拓展:
put to bed/sleep 使睡着
put to test 考虑
put to flight 使逃走
put to trouble 造成麻烦
put to inconvenience 造成不便
put to sea 出海
The enemies were soon put to flight.
敌人不久就给打跑了。
One of these pills will put you to sleep in an hour.
这个药吃一小片一个钟头之内就可以睡着。
11. Many people tend to listen to their parents or to their teachers and they often have expectations that are hard to live up to. (P98 Para3)
很多人倾向于听家长或教师的意见,但是他们所期望的往往是学生难以办到的。
live up to 依照某事物行事,表现出符号某事物的标准
He didn’t pass the NMET, failing to live up to his parents’ expectations.
他未通过高考,辜负了父母的期望
12. Not going to university is not a shame.(P98 Para4)
shame的一些搭配:
feel shame (at/for) 感到羞耻
put…to shame 使感到羞耻,使蒙羞
bring shame on sb. 给某人带来耻辱
What a shame to do sth.
What a shame that…
It’s a shame (that)…
It’s a shame to do sth.
13. We make the most of our special talent and interests.(P98 Para)
make the most of =make the best use of
最好/最大限度地利用
make use of 利用,使用
make good/full use of 好好利用,充分利用
We’ve got one day in Paris, so we’d better make the most of it.
我们在巴黎只剩一天了,我们得充分利用。
PAGE
5高三英语人教版(必修)Unit 9 Health Care 教案
Teaching procedures:
Step 1 Lead in
1.Can you think of the situations where people need help
Serious illness, jobless, accidents, wars, disasters…
2.While one is in such situations, which organization can help besides the people around him or her
The WHO together with the government.
Step 2 Listen and answer:
1.Was wanglin cured or not
2. How much was spent on the poor people by 2003
3.What is another big challenge for the government
Step 3 Scanning
Read the passage and try to come up with the general idea of each paragraph. Then ask students to fill in the chart to see if they have got a general understanding of the whole passage.
Main Ideas of each paragraphs:
Paragraph A A man suffering from a serious disease was unable to pay for treatment.
Paragraph B With a health care project’s help, Wang Lin’s disease was cured.
Paragraph C A new health project is aimed at exploring and developing a new health care model for China.
Paragraph D Many urban Chinese are living on money given by the government.
Paragraph E Millions of Chinese people in urban areas cannot afford proper health care.
Paragraph F Health care project is very important in our country’s efforts to fight poverty.
Paragraph G The Chinese government is taking measures to prevent the spread of AIDS.
Paragraph H People must help each other if society is to develop and prosper.
Paragraph I Our country is working hard to fight poverty and improve health care.
The main idea of the passage:
The Passage gives a brief introduction to the health care condition in our country, and it emphasizes on the efforts that our government is making to fight poverty and improve health care by giving examples of Wang Lin.
Step 4 Careful-reading
1.In what way is Wang Lin’s situation similar to that of other low-income families
They all can only make ends meet on their low income, and if someone in their families becomes seriously
ill, the family is forced into poverty, and has to ask for help from the government.
2. Why is medical insurance so important to low-income families
Because medical insurance can provide easy access to hospitals and clinics for low-income families.
3. What is the government doing about AIDS in China
Chinese government has vowed to provide free AIDS tests for the general public as well as free treatment
for those who cannot afford the treatment fees. And we learn from news that our government has decided to
control the number within 1.5 million before 2010.
4. What can we do to care for the weakest members of our society
Our country decided to move forward without leaving anyone behind. Now we are taking measures, such as
reducing poverty, helping sick people get treated properly and providing medical insurance for the poor. And
we all know that the famous programme “Developing the West”, it is an important measure to put an end to
poverty. Only by helping each other, can our country develop and prosper.
Step 5 Comprehension
Unemployment—poverty-- bad housing condition/ no healthy diet/ cannot afford to purchase medical insurance/ no good education—AIDS/ accidents-- government programmes
Step 6. Post-reading
A. Choose the best answers:
1.Thanks to____,Wang Lin was able to receive a treatment in time to prevent the disease from ruining his
health.
A. his son in college B. the insurance for his family
C. the health care project D. the kindness of his family and neighbors
2.According to the text, if Wang Lin had had______, the sickness wouldn’t have caused such a big problem.
A. a good job B. a high income C. insurance D. a good doctor to consult
3.What’s the aim of new health care project 答案:D
A. Helping people get rid of poverty. B. Exploring and developing a new health care model for China.
C. Letting sick people treated properly. D. Providing medical insurance for the poor.
4. 4.In how many cities is the health project being treated
A.4. B.5. C.10. D.14.
5.According to the United Nations AIDS agency’s report,how many people will be infected by AIDS in China
by 2002 unless more is done to prevent the spread of the disease 答案:B
A.9 million. B.10 million. C.11 million. D.12 million.
6.Who discovered penicillin
A.Howard Walter Florey. B.Alexander Fleming. C.Paul Ehrlich. D.Earnst Boris Chain.
7.It was not until______ that the importance of Fleming’s discovery was fully recognized
A.World WarⅠ B.World WarⅡ C.1928 D.1929
8.When did Fleming receive the Nobel Prize with the two other scientists
A.In 1914. B.In 1928. C.In 1929. D.In 1945.
9.The text“A Helping Hand”is mainly about______.
A.millions of Chinese people in urban areas can’t afford proper health care
B.the Chinese government is taking measures to prevent the spread of AIDS
C.a new health care project is being explored and developed in China
D.people must help each other if society is to develop and prosper
10.From Paragraph 4 of the text“The Little Mould That Could”we can see that Fleming was all the following
except______.
A.confident B.strong-willed C.hard-working D.kind and warm-hearted
B. Read the passage and fill in the blanks with one to three words.
The poverty and the poor health care of low-income families The government’s efforts to fight poverty and poor health care
Low-income families cannot afford to pay for 1________, that is to say, they cannot afford to 2 _____a doctor or 3______medicine. ① The government encourages health care form and reduces poverty by designing a health care project which provides poor patients with treatment at 7____or less to help them get treated properly.
② The Chinese government is working with other countries and international organizations to explore and develop a new 8_______ for China.
③ The government encourages people to 9_________ in order that other measures to fight poverty will work.
④ The government has vowed to stop the spread of AIDS by providing free 10_______
Low-income families cannot provide 4___ for their children.
Many low-income families cannot afford to 5_______.
Low-income families live on allowance 6____________.
Keys:
1. medical treatment 2. consult 3.purchase/buy 4. a healthy diet 5. purchase medical insurance. 6. given by the government 7. half the cost 8. health care model 9. purchase medical insurance 10. tests and treatment
Step 5 Language points
1. suffer deadly infections as a result of operations (Para.1)
2. cure, curable, incurable, treat
3. It was not until after the war that he made his most important discovery.(Para2)
It was not until World War Two that the importance of Fleming’s discovery was fully recognized.(the last para.)
4. clean up (Para. 3), clear up
The workwomen cleaned up (the mess) before they left. (除去垃圾等)
Clean up a room for a party. (打扫干净)
He clean up a small fortune. (挣得,赢得)
I hope it clears up this afternoon (天气转晴)
Has your rash cleared up (你的皮疹痊愈了吗?)
Please clear up the mess in here before you go. (使整洁,清理)
5. be excited about (Para. 4)
6. belong to (Para. 4)
7. Despite their lack of interest, Fleming kept trying to develop the chemical so that it would be safe and effective. (Para. 4)
Words and expressions
1.abuse n.& vt.滥用,虐待,辱骂
(1)[U]对某物(某人)的滥用、妄用或虐待
drug abuse滥用麻醉药品 child abuse虐待儿童
abuse of trust/privilege 辜负别人得到的信任/滥用职权
(2)[C]不正当的习俗,恶习,弊端
put an end to abuses 废止不正当的习俗
(3)vt.滥用,妄用,误用
Don’t abuse your authority.不要滥用你的权威。
He abused his power while in office.他在职时滥用权力。
You are always abusing and offending people. 你总是出言不逊得罪人。
Those captives were physically abused. 那些俘虏遭受了肉体上的摧残。
She abused himhim soundly for his neglect.因疏忽被她痛骂了一顿。
2.insurance n.保险,保险业,保险费
(1)[U]保险费,保险金额
When her husband died,she received $20 000 insurance.她丈夫去世后,她得到两万美元的保险金。
He pays out $100 in insurance every year.他每年付保险费100美元。
(2)[C]保险
insurance policy 保险单
How many insurances have you 你入了多少种保险?
insuurer保险公司 the insured投保人
He claimed to be an insurance salesman but later was found to be a fraud.
他自称是个保险公司的推销员,但后来发现原来是个骗子。
3.lay off 解雇,不理会,使下岗
Mr. Wang is a laid-off worker and his wife has income of only 300 yuan per month.
(1)(尤指生意萧条时临时性的)解雇(雇员)
During the recession they laid us off for three months.在营业衰退时期,他们停雇了我们三个月。
(2)停止工作或活动,休息
The doctor told me to lay off for a week.医生要我休息一星期。
I have smoked cigarettes for many years,but now I’m going to lay them off.
我抽烟很多年了,现在打算戒了。
You must lay off alcohol for a while.在一段时间内你必须戒酒。
lay about 攻击;拳打脚踢 lay on 提供;供应 lay out 布置;安排设计(建筑等)
lay up 贮存;使卧病在床 lay aside 搁置, 积蓄 lay over 使延期
4. make matters worse使情况更困难或更危险
(1)to make matters worse=what’s worse=worse still=to make things worse=even worse
=to make the matter worse than all
(2)插入语的其他常见形式
what’s more而且,另外 in short 简而言之 (make it short)
in other words换句话说 judging from... 从……方面来判断
by the way顺便说一下 generally speaking 通常来讲
all in all 总而言之 to tell you the truth 实话告诉你
on the other hand另一方面 to be honest 诚实讲
5. get rid of
(1)摆脱,丢掉
I’ve tried all sorts of medicines to get rid of this cold.为治好感冒,我已经试用了各种药物。
(2)除去,消灭,赶走
How can we get rid of all these flies in the kitchen
我们怎样才能把厨房里的这些苍蝇统统消灭掉呢?
He just sat there talking all the evening and I couldn’t get rid of him.
他就在那里坐着谈了整整一个晚上,我无法把他撵走走。
6. pressure n. 压力
(1)有力的影响,劝说,压力
under pressure受压力的/被压迫的
put sb under pressure to do sth=force sb to do sth=put pressure on sb(to do0
He only agreed to do it under pressure from his parents.
他是在父母的压力下才同意去做这件事的。
She is constantly under pressure and it is affecting her health.
她经常处于压力下,这严重影响了她的健康。
He works well under pressure. 他在有压力的情况下工作很出色。 (学生讲义后面15有)
We’re trying to put pressure on the government to change the law.
我们试图对政府施加压力使其改变这一法令。
He only agreed to leave the country under pressure.
他是在压力下才同意出国的。
(2)[C][U]紧迫感,压迫感
I’d like to help out,but I really haven’t got time—pressure of work,you know!
我是愿意帮忙的,但是我实在没有时间——工作压力太大,你知道!
The pressure of city life forced him to move to the country.
都市生活的压力/艰难迫使他迁往乡下。
blood pressure血压
The small box was flattened by the pressure of the heavy book on it. (学生讲义后面15有)
小盒子被这本厚厚的书压扁了。
These old people are unaccustomed to the pressure of modern life. (学生讲义后面15有)
这些老人不习惯现代生活的紧张压力。
7.consult
(1)v.查阅(书籍等),(向专业人员等)咨询,请教
to consult a dictionary=refer to a dictionary查阅字典(look up a word in a dictionary)
to consult a lawyer向律师咨询
Have you consulted a doctor about your disease 你找医生看过你的病吗?
He consulted his notebook repeatedly during his speech.
他讲演时不断看他的笔记本。
(2)consult with(很少用被动语态)与……交换意见,与……协商
Before we can accept the management’s offer we must consult with the workers again.
我们在接受投资方提出的提议以应前再同工人们商量商量。
We will consult together with advisors about her education.
我们将一起和专家商议她的教育事宜。
Consultatine adj. 咨询的
I consulted George about buying a car.
我向乔治请教购买小汽车的事。
I must consult my principal on this matter.
这件事我必须与委托人商量一下。
Consultant顾问/顾问医师
Consultation n. 咨询,征求意见,咨询会,磋商会
(3)consult for
The retired executive consults for several large companies.
那位退休的总裁在好几家大公司当顾问。
8. depend on
(1)相信,依赖,凭靠(某人)=trust=believe in
You can’t depend on John—he nearly always arrives late.你可不能依靠约翰——他几乎总是迟到。
(2)depend on sb. to do/doing sth.相信某人做某事
We’re depending on you to finish the job/on you finishing the job by Friday.
我们相信你在星期五以前可以完成这项工作。
(3)依靠,依赖(尤指钱)
The country depends heavily on its tourist trade.国家(的经济)在很大程度上依靠其旅游业。
(4)视……而定
The amount you pay depends on where you live.付出多少要视你住在哪里而定。
(5)That depends.=It all depends.=That all depend 均为视情况而定
(口语)要看情况而定。
dependent(adj.) be dependent on sb for independent an independent child一个独立的孩子
dependence(n.)
9. prevent
(1)阻止;妨碍(常常构成固定搭配 prevent ...from,from在主动语态中可省略)
prevent sb.(from)doing sth. 阻止某人做某事
be prevented from doing sth. 被阻止做某事
Nothing could prevent him(from)going there.什么事也不能阻止他去那儿。
(2)防止;预防
prevent war 防止战争 prevent disease预防疾病
stop /keep/discourage sb from doing sth
10. aim
(1)v.(将武器等)瞄准,对准……(以便射击)
I aimed at the door but hit the window.我对准门射击,不料打中了窗子。
(2)针对
The programme aimed at young teenagers.这项计划是针对十几岁的少年制订的。
(3)致力于……,打算
The factory must aim at/for increased productions.工厂必须把增加产量作为自己的目标。
(4)aim to do sth.
He aims to be a successful writer.他的目标是要成为一个成功的作家。
He had a high ambition to be a headmaster. 他的抱负,想成为一个校长
I’ll try to achieve my goal of becoming a scientist.实现做科学家的目标
Our teacher has been promoted to headmaster. 我们的老师已被提升为校长了。
(5)aim n.目标,目的,意图
What’s your aim in life 你的生活目标是什么?
The aim of the meeting was to reach agreement about next year’s prices.
会议的目的是要就明年的价格达成协议。
The hunter's target was a wild animal. 这个猎人的目标是一只野兽。
set a goal 制定目标
12. .cure
(1)v.治愈(病人)
This medicine will cure you of your cough.这种药会治好你的咳嗽。
(2)药;药剂
There’s still no cure for the common cold.目前仍没有治愈感冒的药。
对比:treat v.治疗,医治
My sister is being treated for a heart condition.我姐姐正在接受心脏病治疗。
注意:医生治疗病人用treat,如果表示开药、指定特别食物、指导做运动等的具体治疗活动方式则用give treatment,如果用cure就表示治好了病人。
13. as a result 结果
as a/the result(of)由于……的结果
result from 是……的后果,是……的结果
result in(无被动语态)导致,造成
I forget to take my umbrella,as a result,I was wet all over.我忘记带雨伞了,所以全身都湿透了。
As a result of the rain,I was late.雨太大,所以我来晚了。
The terrible accident resulted from his carelessness.这次严重的事故是由他粗心造成的。
His attempt resulted in failure.他的企图以失败告终。
as a consequence= in consequence/as a result
After graduation, he became quite lazy. As a consequence, he lost what he owned.
毕业后,他变得懒惰起来,结果失去了自己所有的一切。
in consequence of =as a result of/because of/due to/owing to
In consequence of his rudeness, he was fired by his boss.由于他的粗鲁,他被老板开除了。
14. allowance
1.) 津贴,补贴;零用钱[C]
The child has a weekly allowance of five dollars. 这孩子每星期有五元零用钱。
2.) 分配额;允许额[C]
His allowance for food is $100. 他拨出一百美元用于购买食物。
3.) 承认;允许[U]
the allowance of a claim 对要求权的允准
4.) 认可;容忍[C][U]
the allowance of segregation 对种族隔离的容忍
折扣[C]
If you pay cash now I will give you an allowance of 10% off the price.
如果你现在付现款,我可以给你打九折。
an allowance of $10000 a year每年补助1 万美元
【拓展】make an allowance for sth(在做决定时)考虑到某事物
make allowance for sth体谅某人
15. fee
1.) (付给律师、医生等的)酬金,服务费[C]
I'm afraid I can't afford the doctor's fee.恐怕我付不起看医生的费用。
2.) 费(如学费、会费、入场费等)[C]
They charge a small registration fee.他们收一点注册费。
3.) 赏金,小帐[C]
付费(或小帐)给
She feed the waiter.她付给侍者小费。
bonus (Unit 6)---- A sum of money given to an employee in addition to the employee's usual compensation. 奖金;分红,意外的好处
The workers got a Christmas bonus. 工人得到圣诞节奖金。
The win on the pools was a real bonus.
We like our new house and it's a real bonus that there is a swimming pool nearby.
我们很喜欢自己的新房子,加上附近有座游
16. significance .
1.) 重要性, 重要[U]
The proposals they put forward at the meeting were of little significance.
他们在会上提出的建议无足轻重。
2.) 意义, 含义; 意思[U][S]
He did not understand the significance of my wink. 他没有领会我眨眼的意思。
What is the significance of this speech 这个讲话有什么意义?
The significance for college students of doing a part-time job means more than money and experience. 大学生打工的意义还不仅在于钱和经验。
significant adj. 重大的;效果显著的;具有特殊意义的; 意味深长的
a significant speech..意味深长的讲话。
17..devotion .
1.) 献身;奉献[U][(+to)]
We appreciated his devotion of time and money to the project.
我们感谢他为这一项目花费的时间和金钱。
His devotion to science is well known. 他对科学的献身精神为人熟知。
2.) 忠诚;挚爱,热爱[U][(+to/for)]
devotion to music 热爱音乐
课堂练习
单项填空
1.The______ a teacher has on children is usually greater than that of their parents.
A.use B.effort C.effect D.energy
解析:由固定词组 have a great effect on可知答案。
2.—Doctor,have I got a bad cold
—Oh,there’s not______ with you.
A.anything wrong much B.anything much wrong C.much wrong anything D.wrong much anything
解析:修饰不定代词anything的形容词wrong应该放在anything之后;much是副词,修饰wrong,应该放在wrong之前。本句意思是“你没有什么太严重的事情”。
3.New ideas sometimes have to wait for years before______.
A.being fully accepting B.fully accepting C.having fully accepted D.fully accepted
解析:before fully accepted相当于 before they are fully accepted。
4.We should prevent such a silly mistake______ again.
A.occurring B.to occur C.to be occurred D.from being occurred
解析:prevent sb./sth.(from)doing sth.为固定搭配。occur为不及物动词。
5.It’s so nice to hear from her.______,we last met more than thirty years ago.
A.What’s more B.That is to say C.In other words D.Believe it or not
解析:Believe it or not.信不信由你。由于两人最后一次见面距今已经三十多年了,为了让对方相信这个事实,用了这种表达方式。What’s more 另外;That is to say 这就是说;In other words 换句话说。
6.More patients______in hospital this year than last year.
A.treated B.have treated C.had been treated D.have been treated
解析:首先排除主动语态A、B两项;this year应用现在完成时,故选 D。
7.Mr White______at 8:30 for the meeting,but he didn’t show up.
A.should have arrived B.should arrive C.should have had arrived D.should be arriving
解析:表示过去应该干某事而没有干,用should have done,所以选A。
8.Life is tough in the city.In order to lose their______,some people drink alcohol.
A.temper B.mood C.consciousness D.pressure
解析:饮酒是为了去除生活中的压力,应用pressure;temper 脾气;mood情绪,心境;consciousness 知觉。
9.—I stayed at a hotel while in New York.
--Oh,did you You_____with Barbara.(NMET 1998)
A.could have stayed B.could stay C.would stay D.must have stayed
解析:该题考查:“情态动词+ have+过去分词”
10.—I’ll tell mMary about her new job tomorrow.
--You_____her last week.
A.ought to tell B.would have told C.must tell D.should have tole.
解析:此题考查虚拟语气。表示过去应该干而没有干某事的责备用shou have done
句型转换
完成B 句,使其与A句意思相同或相近。(每空一词)
1.A.It was getting darker.To make matters worse,we got lost in the forest.
B.It was getting darker. ,we got lost in the forest.答案:Worse still/Even worse
2.A.The government should take measures to prevent people from polluting the rivers.
B.The government should take measures to prevent the rivers .
答案:from being polluted
3.A.I advised him to give up smoking,but he didn’t listen to me.
B.I him to smoking,but he didn’t listen to me.
答案:tried to persuade;get rid of
4.A.The newly-built hospital will offer excellent medical care to the people of the town.
B.The newly-built hospital will______ the people of the town______ excellent medical care.
答案:provide;with
5.A.Our school intends to beautify our school environment.
B.Our school our school environment beautiful.答案:aims at making
6.A.That he didn’t pass the examination surprised him.
B. ,he didn’t pass the examination.答案:To his surprise
7.A.His hard work led to his success.
B.His success his hard work.答案: resulted from
8.A.They went to the forest to search for the lost child.
B.They went to the forest the lost child.答案: in search of
9.A.The medical treatment the doctor gave him was very effective.
B.The medical treatment the doctor gave him was______ great______.答案:of;effect
10.A.The mother was very worried for her daughter was always spending large amount of money on fashionable clothes.
B.The mother was very______ because large amount of money
fashionable clothes.答案:anxious;was paid for
介词、副词填空
1.That will be bad______ your health.答案:for
2.Don’t call me up in the company tomorrow,for I am______ a holiday.答案:on
3.He paid two dollars______this book.答案:for
4.He sold his bike______one hundred dollars.答案:for
5.The water level has risen______ 10 cm and up to 100 cm in the last days.答案:by
6.After many years of hard work,Mary and her husband at last paid_____ all the money they had borrowed.
答案:off
7.Though this medicine can cure you______the illness,it has a bad effect______ you.答案:of,on
8.We were prevented______ the heavy rain the day before yesterday______ attending the meeting.
答案:by,from
9.After staying_____hospital for long,the patient was advised____go to the seaside to pick_____ his health.
答案:in,to,up
10.Unfortunately,I fell______my bike yesterday and had my arm broken.答案:off
用动词的适当形式填空
1.Though______(lack)money,his parents managed______(send)him to university.答案:lacking,to send
2.I would love______(go)to the party last night but I had to work extra hours to finish a speech.
答案:to have gone
3.The news came as no surprise to me.I_____(know)for some time that the factory was going to shut down.
答案:had known
4.Do I have to take this medicine It______(taste)so terrible.答案:tastes
5.Your______(come)will be of great help.答案:coming
6.You can’t move in right now.The house______(paint).答案:is being painting
7.Every morning what____(excite)me most is the fresh air and beautiful trees I pass by when___(do)exercises.答案:excites,doing
8.He will have learned English for eight years by the time he_____(graduate)from the university next year.
答案:graduates
9.The number of deaths from heart disease will be reduced greatly if people______(persuade)to eat more fruit and vegetables.答案:are persuaded
10.______(Give)blood if you can and many lives will be saved.答案:Give
供参考的其他语言点:
1.Two years ago,he was diagnosed with tuberculosis.两年前他被确诊患了肺结核。
diagnose诊断(Unit 1)
He was diagnosed with cancer.他被诊断患了癌症。
The book diagnoses our present economic ills.这本书切中了我们现在经济的时弊。
2.He was getting weaker and suffered from constant pain in his chest.他身体越来越虚弱,胸部常常疼痛。
3.To make matters worse,he also had a son in college who had taken a bank loan to pay for his studies.
更糟糕的是,他还有一个上大学的儿子,是从银行贷款上的学。
4.Thanks to the project and the kindness of his family and neighbours,he was able to receive treatment in time to prevent from ruining his health.多亏了这个原料项目,还有家人和邻居的关爱,他得以及时治疗,使自己的健康免遭病魔的摧残。
5.He has also decided to get insurance for his family.”If I had ahd the insurance,the sickness wouldn’t have caused such a big problem.I don’t want this to happen to anyone else in my family.”他还决定为全家办保险。“要是我办了保险,这个病就不会引起这么大的问题。我不想让这种情况发生在我家的其他人身上。”
6.The project that saved Wang Lin’s life is one of the many government programmes aimed at improving the situation for the poorest people in China.The project is designed to encourage health care reform and reduce poverty.挽救王林性命的这个项目是中国政府举办的许多项目中的一个,其目标是改善中国最贫困人民的生活。这个项目是为了促进保健的改革和减少贫困。
7.So far,the project has helped more than 2,000 people receive medical aid.到目前为止,这个项目已经帮助了2000多人接受了治疗援助。
8.The Chinese government is also working together with other countries and international organizations to provide easy access to hospitals and clinics for low-income families.中国政府还同其他国家和国际组织一同努力,为低收入家庭提供入院和诊疗的方便。
10.Wang Lin’s situation is not unique.王林的情况并不是唯一的。
But Linnaeus’ idea of grouping plants in families was unique.而Linnaeus把植物按家族来分类的想法却很特别。(Unit 4)
11.By the end of 2003,22 million urban Chinese were living on money given to them by the government.A total of 15.1 billion yuan was spent on supporting those who were unable to make a living.
在2003年之前,中国有两千二百万城市居民靠政府救济生活。花在支援那些无力谋生的人身上的钱总共有一百五十一亿元。
12.This allowance,however,is only enough to cover the most fundmental needs such as food and clothing.It does not cover health care,housing or education.然而这些补贴的钱只够解决衣食等最基本的需要,还不包括保健、住房或教育。
13. For laid-off workers in poor areas,diease puts extra pressure on the family. They cannot afford to consult a doctor or purchase medicines from a chemist when they get sick,nor can they make sure that their children keep a healthy diet.If someone becomes seriously ill,the family is forced into poverty.Statistics indicate that disease have caused over 30 per cent of low-income residents to live in poverty.Some families even have to spend all the money they receive from the government on medical treatment and hospital fees. 对贫困地区的下岗工人来说,疾病给家庭带来了更多的压力。他们生了病后看不起病,买不起药物,也无法确保给孩子提供健康的食物。如果有人得了大病,家庭就会陷入贫困。有统计表明,疾病使得30%以上的低收入居民陷入贫困。有些家庭甚至不得不把所有政府补助的钱都拿来作治疗和住院的开销。
15.Among the many aspects of the government’s efforts to fight poverty,health care occupies an important position.(Unit 7 occupy)政府作了许多努力来消除贫困,其中占据重要位置的措施是卫生保健。
16.if low-income families cannot afford to purchase medical insurance,as was the case with Wang Lin,other measures to reduce poverty will not succeed.如果低收入家庭买不起医疗保险,正如王林的情况那样,那么其他脱贫的措施就不能成功。
17.Another great challenge for the government is to stop the spread of AIDS.政府面临的另一个挑战就是阻止爱滋病的蔓延。
18.In order to meet this challenge,the Chinese government has vowed to provide free AIDS tests for the general public as well as free treatment for those who cannot afford it.为了应付这个挑战,中国政府承诺要给公众提供免费的爱滋病测试,并给那些没有嵌看病的 人提供免费治疗。
19.It is sometimes said that a society can be judged by the way it cares for its weakest members.有时候人们说,一个社会的好坏可以从它对弱势群体的照顾来判断。
20.As our country develops,we must also remember the responsibilities that come with wealth and prosperity.
随着我们国家的发展,我们必须记住财富和繁荣同时带来的责任。
21.When we move forward,we must make sure that no one is left behind.在我们前进的时候,我们必须保证不让任何人掉队。
Less than half a year later we packed all our things onto a wagon and left our farm.It was not easy to decide what to take and what to leave behind.不到半年之后我们把所有的东西放上马车,离开了农庄。决定哪些东西带走,哪些东西扔下,这是很不容易的事。(Unit 6)
leave behind cause to remain behind; forget to take or bring along; abandon in a retreat 留下;忘带
She left her bag behind in the train. 她把提包丢在列车上了。
22.We cannot allow ourselves to become too selfish. 我们不能让自己变得太自私。
23.When problems arise,we must work together to try to solve them.一旦出现问题,我们就必须共同努力来解决它们。
24.The government’s efforts to fight poverty and improve health care cover several aspects,reducing poverty,helping sick people get treated properly and pvoviding medical insurance for the poor.The funds are limited and it is not possible for the government to meet all the needs,but a series of programmes and the development of local and nationwide health care newworks are signs that the government is serious about health care.政府在消除贫困和加强医疗保健方面所作的努力包括好几个方面:减少贫困,帮助患者得到适当的治疗,以及给穷人提供医疗保险。资金是有限的,政府不可能应付所有的需要。但是,一系列的计划以及地方的和全国的 卫生保健网络的发展都表明,政府对于医疗保健事业是认真的。